Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Microchip

Microchip

mchp · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker mchp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Microchip
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Sun roof control

Cordless tools

Active suspension

Speedometer

Tire-pressure monitoring

Security system

Postage meter

Disk drive

Bar code reader

Disk drive

Stereo receiver

Internet appliances

Robotics

Tape back-up unit

Tape back-up unit

Pay phone

Turn signals

CD player

Fax machines

Climate control

Gas pump

Auto security systems

Anti-lock braking

Cordless tools

Smoke detector

Keyless entry

Cruise control

Computer keyboard

Microchip Technology Incorporated
Microchip Technology Incorporated
Annual Report
2005 Annual Report

Turn signals

Computer mouse

X/Y plotter

Handheld scanner

Laptop trackball
Laptop trackball

Disk drive
Disk drive

Gas pump

Camera

Vacuum cleaner

Electric blanket

Postage meter

Air bag sensor

PC LAN system

Video games
Video games

Anti-lock braking
Anti-lock braking

Security system
Security system

Cable TV converter

Washer/dryer

Power seats

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP
 START WITH MICROCHIP

Computer keyboard
Computer keyboard

Feature phone
Feature phone

Modem

Handheld scanner
Handheld scanner

Garage door opener
Garage door opener

Tire-pressure monitoring

Credit card verification

Radar detector

Cable TV converter
Cable TV converter

Motor control
Motor control

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Climate control
Climate control

Internet appliances

Internet appliances

Robotics

Internet appliances
Internet appliances

Compressor
Compressor

Feature phone
Feature phone

Gas pump
Gas pump

Turn signals

Fax machines

Internet appliances
Internet appliances

Speedometer
Speedometer

Remote controls
Remote controls

Answering machine
Answering machine

PC LAN system
PC LAN system

TV/VCR equipment

Thermostat
Thermostat

Camera
Camera

Turn signals
Turn signals

Electric blanket
Electric blanket

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Postage meter
Postage meter

Cruise control
Cruise control

Stereo receiver

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Radar detector
Radar detector

Video games
Video games

Thermostat
Thermostat

Kitchen appliances
Kitchen appliances

Cruise control

Active suspension
Active suspension

Washer/dryer
Washer/dryer

Cruise control
Cruise control

Sun roof control
Sun roof control

Security system
Security system

Air bag sensor
Air bag sensor

Anti-lock braking

Turn signals
Turn signals

Keyless entry
Keyless entry

Garage door opener
Garage door opener

Credit card verification
Credit card verification

Robotics
Robotics

Power seats
Power seats

X/Y plotter
X/Y plotter

Computer keyboard

Anti-lock braking
Anti-lock braking

Computer keyboard
Computer keyboard

Anti-lock braking
Anti-lock braking

Camera
Camera

Stereo receiver
Stereo receiver

Handheld scanner

Handheld scanner
Handheld scanner

Cordless tools
Cordless tools

Cruise control
Cruise control

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Bar code reader
Bar code reader

Microwave oven
Microwave oven

Disk drive
Disk drive

Modem
Modem

Garage door opener
Garage door opener

Computer keyboard
Computer keyboard

Laser printer interface board

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Fax machines
Fax machines

Compressor

Cordless tools
Cordless tools

Fax machines
Fax machines

Gas pump
Gas pump

Keyless entry
Keyless entry

Speedometer
Speedometer

Bar code reader
Bar code reader

Answering machine

Answering machine
Answering machine

Feature phone
Feature phone

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Credit card verification
Credit card verification

CD player
CD player

Postage meter
Postage meter

Power seats

Pay phone
Pay phone

Thermostat
Thermostat

Turn signals
Turn signals

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Radar detector

Sun roof control
Sun roof control

Robotics
Robotics

Cordless phone
Cordless phone

Active suspension

Camera
Camera

Bar code reader

Answering machine
Answering machine

PC LAN system
PC LAN system

Vacuum cleaner
Vacuum cleaner

Radar detector
Radar detector

Climate control
Climate control

X/Y plotter
X/Y plotter

Pay phone
Pay phone

Thermostat
Thermostat

Security system

Internet appliances

Postage meter
Postage meter

Security system
Security system

Remote controls
Remote controls

Air bag sensor
Air bag sensor

Cruise control
Cruise control

Security system
Security system

Cordless tools
Cordless tools

Auto security systems
Auto security systems

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Motor control
Motor control

Stereo receiver
Stereo receiver

Bar code reader
Bar code reader

Tire-pressure monitoring
Tire-pressure monitoring

Garage door opener
Garage door opener

Computer keyboard
Computer keyboard

Video games
Video games

Climate control
Climate control

Fax machines
Fax machines

Modem
Modem

Disk drive
Disk drive

Fax machines
Fax machines

Power seats
Power seats

Speedometer
Speedometer

Feature phone
Feature phone

Keyless entry
Keyless entry

Bar code reader

Tape back-up unit
Tape back-up unit

CD player

Gas pump

Microwave oven
Microwave oven

Speedometer
Speedometer

Microwave oven
Microwave oven

Credit card verification
Credit card verification

Cordless tools
Cordless tools

Climate control
Climate control

Cable TV converter
Cable TV converter

Feature phone
Feature phone

Handheld scanner
Handheld scanner

Security system
Security system

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Radar detector
Radar detector

Turn signals
Turn signals

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Power seats
Power seats

Turn signals
Turn signals

Cable TV converter
Cable TV converter

Process control
Process control

Washer/dryer
Washer/dryer

PC LAN system
PC LAN system

Air bag sensor
Air bag sensor

Compressor
Compressor

Electric blanket
Electric blanket

Cordless phone
Cordless phone

Washer/dryer
Washer/dryer

Sun roof control
Sun roof control

X/Y plotter
X/Y plotter

Tape back-up unit
Tape back-up unit

Vacuum cleaner
Vacuum cleaner

Anti-lock braking
Anti-lock braking

PC LAN system
PC LAN system

Kitchen appliances
Kitchen appliances

Internet appliances
Internet appliances

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Smoke detectors
Smoke detectors

Stereo receiver
Stereo receiver

Modem
Modem

Gas pump
Gas pump

Cruise control
Cruise control

Microwave oven
Microwave oven

Bar code reader
Bar code reader

Air bag sensor
Air bag sensor

CD player
CD player

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Copier
Copier

Active suspension
Active suspension

Electric blanket
Electric blanket

Laptop trackball
Laptop trackball

Postage meter
Postage meter

Climate control
Climate control

Power seats

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Thermostat
Thermostat

Pager
Pager

Modem
Modem

Security system
Security system

Thermostat
Thermostat

Handheld scanner
Handheld scanner

Internet appliances
Internet appliances

Cable TV converter
Cable TV converter

Computer keyboard
Computer keyboard

Credit card verification
Credit card verification

Credit card verification
Credit card verification

Video games
Video games

Laser printer interface board
Laser printer interface board

TV/VCR equipment
TV/VCR equipment

Sun roof control
Sun roof control

Radar detector
Radar detector

Robotics
Robotics

Internet appliances
Internet appliances

Thermostat
Thermostat

Cordless tools
Cordless tools

Auto security systems
Auto security systems

Disk drive
Disk drive

Feature phone
Feature phone

Process control
Process control

Garage door opener
Garage door opener

Postage meter
Postage meter

Process control
Process control

Stereo receiver
Stereo receiver

Tape back-up unit
Tape back-up unit

Security system
Security system

Washer/dryer
Washer/dryer

Fuel pump control

Air bag sensor
Air bag sensor

Computer keyboard
Computer keyboard

Microwave oven
Microwave oven

Gas pump
Gas pump

CD player
CD player

Answering machine
Answering machine

Cruise control

Tape back-up unit
Tape back-up unit

Video games
Video games

Cable TV converter
Cable TV converter

Smoke detector
Smoke detector

Keyless entry
Keyless entry

Garage door opener

Active suspension

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Cordless phone
Cordless phone

Kitchen appliances
Kitchen appliances

Vacuum cleaner
Vacuum cleaner

Thermostat
Thermostat

Handheld scanner

Speedometer

Disk drive
Disk drive

PC LAN system
PC LAN system

Cordless tools
Cordless tools

Electric blanket
Electric blanket

Vacuum cleaner

Fuel pump control

Fuel pump control

Smoke detectors
Smoke detectors

Anti-lock braking
Anti-lock braking

Bar code reader
Bar code reader

Compressor
Compressor

Garage door opener

Handheld scanner

Stereo receiver

CD player
CD player

Handheld scanner
Handheld scanner

Fuel pump control
Fuel pump control

Power seats

Bar code reader

Fax machines

Smoke detector

Air bag sensor
Air bag sensor

Keyless entry
Keyless entry

Sun roof control
Sun roof control

Tire-pressure monitoring

Electric blanket

TV/VCR equipment

Vacuum cleaner

Power seats
Power seats

TV/VCR equipment
TV/VCR equipment

Disk drive

Internet appliances

Fuel pump control

Kitchen appliances

Compressor

Tire-pressure monitoring
Tire-pressure monitoring

Garage door opener
Garage door opener

Tape back-up unit

Postage meter

Power seats

Cordless tools

TV/VCR equipment

Internet appliances

Answering machine

Gas pump

Cordless tools

Tire-pressure monitoring

Feature phone

CORPORATE PROFILE

Microchip Technology Incorporated is a leading provider of microcontroller and analog 
semiconductors, providing low-risk product development, lower total system cost and faster time 
to market for thousands of diverse customer applications worldwide. Headquartered in Chandler, 
Arizona, Microchip offers outstanding technical support along with dependable delivery and quality.  
For more information, visit the Microchip web site at www.microchip.com. 

•  Founded in 1989

•  Approximately 3,900 employees worldwide 

•  Quality systems are ISO/TS-16949:2002 certified

•  41 sales offices worldwide

•  Manufacturing facilities:  Tempe, AZ; Gresham, OR; Bangkok, Thailand

•  Design centers:  Bangalore, India; St-Sulpice, Switzerland; Mountain View, CA; Chandler, AZ

 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS      
 (in thousands, except per share and dividend amounts)

Net Sales
Non-GAAP Net Income*
GAAP Net Income
Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share*
GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share
Stockholders’ Equity
Annual Cash Dividend Per Share

2001
$715,730
$155,473
$142,836
$0.76
$0.70
$942,848

-

7
4
8
$

6
1
7
$

3
5
5
$

1
7
5
$

9
9
6
$

1
5
6
$

2
5
4
$

1
6
4
$

2002
$571,254
$94,814
$94,814
$0.45
$0.45
$1,075,779
-

2003
$651,462
$133,875
$88,232
$0.64
$0.42
$1,178,949
$0.040

2004
$699,260
$156,834
$137,262
$0.74
$0.65
$1,320,517
$0.113

2005
$846,936
$226,761
$213,785
$1.07
$1.01
$1,485,734
$0.208

7
0
.
1
$

4
7
.
0
4 $
6
.
0
$

6
7
.
0
$

8
5
.
0
$

5
4
.
0
$

7
3
.
0
$

5
3
.
0
$

'98

'99 

'00 

'01 

'02 

'03 

'04

'05

'98

'99 

'00 

'01 

'02 

'03 

'04

'05

Net Sales (Millions of Dollars)

Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share*

3
8
2

4
1
2

7
8
1

9
5
1

2
4
1

9
2
1

8
0
4

7
7
3

0
4
3

9
9
2

1
6
2

9
9
1

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

Microcontroller Portfolio
(Number of Products at Calendar Year End)

Analog and Interface Portfolio
(Number of Products at Calendar Year End)

All charts are based on fiscal year data except where noted.
*Excludes restructuring and acquisition-related special charges/special income and costs associated with the closure of Fab 1 and charges related to the settlement of patent license litigation. Please 
see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Income to Reported Results” located at the end of this document following our Form 10-K for our reported GAAP results and additional information. Also see our 
Form 10-K for additional detail and discussion of our GAAP results. 

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS      

Microchip Technology continued to deliver value and 
generate solid performance in fiscal year 2005, despite 
challenging conditions in the semiconductor industry.

For the fi scal year ending March 31, 2005, Microchip’s net 
sales were a record $846.9 million, an increase of 21.1% 
from net sales of $699.3 million for the fi scal year ending 
March 31, 2004. Non-GAAP net income for the fiscal 2005 
period was $226.8 million, an increase of 44.6% over non-
GAAP net income in the prior fiscal year of $156.8 million. 
We achieved record gross margins and non-GAAP operating 
margins of 57.1% and 33.0%, respectively, in fiscal 2005. 
Our balance sheet is strong, and we increased our cash 
and short-term investment balances by $328.3 million 
(prior to our stock buy-back activity of $68.3 million), driven 
by our sound operating results and successful business 
model. 

During fiscal 2005, Microchip initiated a stock repurchase 
program and continued to increase our quarterly cash 
dividend payment to offer additional value to our share-
holders. Microchip’s total annual dividend payment in fis-
cal 2005 was $0.208 per share, a rise of 84.1% over the 
annual dividend payment of $0.113 per share in fiscal 
2004. Microchip began quarterly cash dividend payments 
in the third quarter of fiscal 2003 and (through the date of 
this letter) has increased the cash dividend by 375% since 
the initial declaration.

These outstanding financial results place Microchip in a 
leadership position when compared to most other semi-
conductor manufacturers based on several of these fac-
tors:  sales growth, operating profit, operating margin, 
earnings per share, long-term stock price performance, 
dividend payment and dividend growth.

This continued strong performance stems from our 
successful business model, unique Company culture of
employee empowerment and continuous improvement, and 
the many contributions from all facets of our operation, 
including manufacturing, technology development, product 
development and worldwide sales.

Microchip’s fiscal 2005 began with indications of a healthy 
recovery taking shape in the worldwide semiconductor 
industry. The rebound was short-lived because an industry-
wide inventory correction impacted our third fi scal quarter 
results. This correction lingered throughout the rest of the 
fi scal year. 

During this modest slowdown, Microchip took the unusual 
step of maintaining wafer fabrication production levels. The 
resulting increase in product inventory helps position the 
Company to take advantage of future market demands. We 
believe this move has relatively low risk because many of 
the products in our portfolio have longer effective lives in 
comparison to most semiconductor companies.

As anticipated, our Fab 4 semiconductor manufacturing 
facility in Gresham, Oregon, continues to push our oper-
ating margins higher and provides ample manufacturing 
capacity to address additional customer demand. We 
maintained low capital expenditures and plan to do so 
throughout fiscal year 2006.

Our most significant accomplishment in fiscal 2005 was 
the execution of a strong new product introduction and 
design cycle. 

These new devices, brought to market during the fi scal 
year, further expand each of our product lines, including 
8-bit microcontrollers, 16-bit digital signal controllers, 
analog and serial EEPROMs. Our product portfolio 
continues to offer a highly competitive embedded system 
solution for design engineers worldwide and allows us to 
attach complementary devices to existing applications at 
our current customers.

But we’re not stopping here. Our relentless research 
and development activities today are identifying new 
technologies and driving further innovation to help position 
us for continued long-term growth.

We continue to seek out and win a large number of new 
opportunities in the 8-bit microcontroller market with our 
proprietary PIC®microcontrollers.

Microchip again pushed the boundaries of low pin count 
microcontrollers by launching the industry’s first 8-bit Flash 
devices in 6-pin, SOT-23 packages—the world’s smallest 
microcontrollers. The combination of small form factor, 
high performance and extremely low cost found in the 
PIC10F family is creating new applications that have not 
been traditionally served by microcontrollers, such as ASIC 
bug fixes and discrete logic replacement.

Microchip also drove innovation at the high end of the 
8-bit microcontroller space by introducing more than 32 
PIC18 Flash microcontrollers during the fiscal year. A 
mixture of rich on-board peripherals, higher levels of 
processing performance and nanoWatt Technology power 
management features provides additional functionality for 
an array of demanding applications. Many of these devices 
are already experiencing strong interest from current and 
new customers.

With our 16-bit dsPIC®digital signal controllers (DSCs), 
Microchip released 19 devices to volume production  
during the fiscal year, completing the first launch phase of 
this new product line. The dsPIC DSC solution is steadily 
gaining market traction with over 100 customer designs 
being manufactured today and more than 1,000 customers 
currently designing with these devices. Over 6,000 dsPIC 
DSC development systems have been delivered to engi-
neers worldwide, further seeding the market for additional 
design wins.

Microchip shipped a record 53,311 development systems 
during the fiscal year, demonstrating the continued strong 
interest in our products. The total cumulative number 
of development systems shipped now stands at over 
358,000.

Our analog portfolio continues to grow with many proprietary, 
high-precision devices focusing on low power. Highlights 
include the fastest power-supply, pulse-width-modulation 
controller on the market today; two fully integrated linear 
battery chargers that maximize battery capacity and safety 
with high system accuracy; and three dual-connected opera-
tional amplifiers that offer rail-to-rail input/output and an 
extended temperature range.

We expanded our technology leadership in serial EEPROMs 
by introducing 2x3 millimeter DFN (dual flat no leads) pack-
age options across the entire product line of I²C™ and 
Microwire serial EEPROMs. Microchip now offers the 
highest-density-memory serial EEPROMs in the smallest 
standard package available today.

The many innovations brought to market in fiscal 2005 help 
round out Microchip’s already strong product portfolio, 
creating highly competitive embedded solutions for the 
designs which leading engineers are creating today. 

As we look to fi scal year 2006 and beyond, we believe 
Microchip has the pieces in place—including the products, 
technology development, manufacturing capacity and sales 
capability—to continue to gain market share and outpace 
the semiconductor industry.

With sincere appreciation to our shareholders, customers 
and employees for your continued confidence in Microchip.

Steve Sanghi
President and CEO
Microchip Technology Incorporated

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

THE TYPICAL EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 

This chart illustrates the various devices that could be used by engineers to create a typical embedded system 
design. The items listed in the blue boxes are products that Microchip offers today. Our broad product portfolio 
provides a total system solution for thousands of diverse applications worldwide.

Microchip wrapped up fiscal year 2005 with a well-executed new product 
introduction and design cycle that pushed our industry-leading 
performance and augmented our core competencies even further.

We have a strong product portfolio that remains highly competitive with 
the types of product lines we offer and the depth of features and 
functionality within each product line. These complete silicon solutions 
allow us to penetrate additional digital and analog design opportunities 
worldwide and capture an even greater number of electronic components 
in high-volume embedded designs.

We start our new product development by listening to our customers—
and understanding their unique needs.  

Microchip then builds “horizontal” products in which we produce devices 
that offer the right price/performance ratio for use in thousands of diverse 
applications worldwide. Our complete silicon solutions provide the advan-
tages that leading engineers need to remain competitive:  faster time to 
market, lower total system cost, low-risk product development, outstand-
ing technical support and dependable delivery and quality. Our world-class 
development systems make our silicon devices easy to use and speed the 
design cycle.

Today, Microchip proudly serves approximately 44,000 end customers. Our 
employees understand the complex and dynamic market trends that are 
shaping the engineer’s design environment (see sidebar). Microchip’s 
business continues to grow because we offer the product solutions that 
bring greater flexibility to our customers—and therefore help make them 
more successful. 

Market Trends Driving  
Growth in Embedded Design

Microchip’s new product develop-
ment focuses on giving engineers 
the best solutions to these macro 
design challenges:

•  Distributing small amounts of 

low-cost electronics intelligence 
throughout an application, instead 
of using one powerful, expensive 
core processor

•  The unrelenting need in consumer 
electronics to add more features/ 
functionality while packing this into 
smaller, faster and cheaper end 
products

•  Reducing power consumption 

based on the growing worldwide 
governmental and environmental 
regulations; greater motor control 
efficiency

•  Continuing the migration of 

mechanical-based systems to 
adding first-time electronics 
intelligence, enabling new features/
functionality and higher reliability at 
a similar or even lower total cost

•  Adding connectivity and industry-
standard compatibility to products

•  Reprogramming products already 
purchased by end consumers to 
add new features/functionality or 
support new industry standards

•  Managing battery power in the 
growing number of portable 
electronics products

• 

Integrating additional safety/
security functions and system 
redundancy

•  Embedding a “black box” to collect 
data for system maintenance and 
help diagnose system failure

 
ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

MICROCONTROLLERS

Microcontroller:  A computer-on-a-chip that contains a Central Processing Unit (CPU),  
program memory, data memory and digital/analog peripherals and is dedicated to 
performing a specific function, such as controlling an appliance. This device takes 
external inputs (keypad entry, temperature reading) and makes a decision based on 
those inputs using the unique software code that the engineer writes and programs 
into the chip’s memory. The microcontroller then generates a resulting output (turn 
on air conditioner, operate at a certain speed). Sometimes referred to as an “MCU.”

Eight-bit microcontrollers are found in thousands of diverse applications worldwide, 
providing low-cost electronics intelligence to automotive subsystems, white goods 
appliances, consumer electronics, computing/office automation, industrial control 
and networking/communications products.
The worldwide 8-bit microcontroller market reached $5.5 billion in 20041. This 
expansive market continues to grow because 8-bit microcontrollers provide a small 
—but appropriate—amount of processing power for the average embedded design. 
Many of these designs simply do not need the higher performance of 16- or 32-bit 
microcontrollers (and their larger sizes and additional cost/complexity).

GROWTH IN FLASH MICROCONTROLLERS

In the 8-bit market, there is a compelling growth opportunity for those products that 
are field programmable and reprogrammable, such as Flash memory. Microchip 
estimates the field-programmable memory segment today is approximately 35% of 
the total 8-bit microcontroller market and is anticipated to grow to 60% of the total 
market within five years.

Flash memory, when built into a microcontroller or digital signal controller, enables 
the designer to electrically erase and program/reprogram the on-chip program 
memory with an external programmer or under program control. The ability of the 
device to reprogram itself enables software updates to be sent to an application via 
a communication link and the program to be updated in the field.

The use of on-chip Flash memory is rapidly expanding because it provides an ideal 
solution for engineers designing products for embedded systems. Our engineer-
ing customers benefi t during the development stages when the software code fre-
quently changes, by responding quickly to today’s ever-changing market demands, 
in reprogramming their systems late in the manufacturing process or updating their 
systems in the fi eld with code revisions, system parameterization or customer-spe-
cifi c options.

THE PIC® MICROCONTROLLER ADVANTAGE
THE PIC® MICROCONTROLLER ADVANTAGE

To win these design opportunities, Microchip offers more than 280 microcontrollers  
that feature combinations of flexible memory technologies, low power and power 
management options, a broad range of on-chip peripherals and easy-to-use develop-
ment systems—among many of our product attributes.

Our proprietary PIC microcontroller architecture is based on a modified Harvard 
Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC) instruction set that provides an easy migra-
tion path from 6 to 84 pins and from 384 bytes to 128K bytes of program memory. By 
combining RISC features with a modified Harvard dual-bus architecture, Microchip’s 
fast and flexible 10 MIPS PIC18F core is the most popular architecture for new micro-
controller designs. 

PIC microcontrollers achieve low-risk product development by providing seamless 
program size expansion. Pin compatibility facilitates drop-in replacements of package 
types, as well as variations of memories, without having to completely rewrite code.

The MPLAB®Integrated Development Environment (IDE) offers low-risk product devel-
opment by providing a complete management solution for all development systems in 
one free tool. Engineers simply need to learn one design environment that provides the 
platform for all PIC microcontroller design activities.

Microchip’s seamless migration path with standard pin schemes and code compatibil-
ity enables engineers to reuse verified code and a proven printed circuit board layout. 
Designers can add higher memory options, incremental I/O and complex digital and 
analog peripherals without losing their software investment, reducing time to market.

A broad product line allows Microchip to offer engineers an appropriate integration of 
both analog and digital peripherals, ranging from simple digital to sophisticated analog 
modules. These integrated peripherals minimize the need for additional components 
and thereby lower total system cost while increasing reliability. 

Our new product development efforts are focusing on all performance levels within the 
8-bit segment. To further grow our total available market share, we have initiatives to 
develop new read-only-memory microcontrollers and expand the revolutionary PIC10F 
6-pin microcontroller offering. Microchip continues to fill out the high-performance 
PIC18F microcontrollers with greater performance and value-priced options.

DIGITAL SIGNAL CONTROLLERS

Digital Signal Controller (DSC):  A high-performance, 16-bit controller that integrates 
the real-time control abilities of a microcontroller with the processing power of a digital 
signal processor (DSP), a specialized processor optimized to compute large numbers 
of complex mathematical calculations. This class of controllers is ideal for applications 
requiring higher power than a microcontroller can offer, such as advanced motor control, 
speech processing, software modem, encryption and much more.

The DSC market evolved from the convergence of the performance requirement of an 
8- or 16-bit microcontroller with the processing power of a DSP. The DSC market space 
is being carved out of the existing 16-bit microcontroller and DSP markets—and we 
believe that the addressable market is approximately $2 billion annually. 

Engineers who need to add DSP to their embedded applications are faced with the 
daunting task of developing DSP theoretical expertise and then learning an unfamiliar 
architecture and tool set, a time-consuming process. Microchip’s dsPIC DSC provides 
DSP functionality in the familiar PIC microcontroller design environment, offering an 
easy-to-implement solution to engineers familiar with microcontrollers.

Microchip is the number 
one supplier of 8-bit 
microcontrollers based 
on worldwide unit ship-
ments2. We estimate 
having an approximate 
18% market share 
(based on unit ship-
ments) in 20043. We 
believe Microchip is 
uniquely positioned to 
take advantage of the 
rising market demand 
for Flash microcon-
trollers and anticipate 
continuing to grow 
market share.

Microchip is a 
pioneer in the emerging 
DSC market space with 
19 products in produc-
tion and many more in 
development.

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

PRODUCT TYPES

Operational Amplifiers

Programmable Gain Amplifiers

Comparators

Linear Integrated Devices

PRODUCT TYPES

Encoder Devices

Decoder Devices

LINEAR PRODUCTS
Operational Amplifier:  Commonly referred to as an “op amp,” a device used to 
buffer, increase and filter electrical signals generated by sensors and transmitters.

With each of our four product types (listed at the left), Microchip has designed 
linear circuits that operate at very low current and low voltages, creating devices 
that are power efficient and ideal for battery-powered systems.

We continue to push forward in offering smaller package sizes. For example, all of 
our standard single op amps are now featured in the ultra-small, SOT-23 package.

By continuing to develop and enhance our core competencies, we are providing 
higher integration for more cost-effective compact solutions to meet the needs of 
our expanding customer base.

With the market for op amps and comparators alone expected to reach $3.37 
billion in 20064, we believe we have the right product solutions to grow in this 
market space.

SECURE DATA PRODUCTS

Secure Data Products:  An encoder and decoder function that communicates wire-
lessly to form a safety/security system (such as automotive RKE). The encoder 
generates a secure value and creates a data stream that is unique, which is then 
transmitted to the decoder (by pressing a button on the keyfob). Through a system 
“handshake,” the decoder authenticates and interprets the data stream, confirming 
that it is valid (unlocking the vehicle’s door).

Microchip’s secure data products have a commanding presence in automotive 
remote-keyless-entry (RKE) and garage door opener applications worldwide. 

Our encoders and decoders provide a highly secure “authentication system on 
a chip” based on the patented KEELOQ®code hopping technology. Using a highly 
sophisticated encryption algorithm, the code changes or “hops” each time it is 
transmitted. This thwarts high-tech thieves who use tools that can pull unprotected 
code from the air and then retransmit the signal to gain unauthorized access to a 
home or vehicle.

Microchip also offers the ability to implement the KEELOQ technology 
via software that can be programmed on a PIC microcontroller, pro-
viding engineers with different options for their design requirements.

Future innovations are expected to offer greater design flexibility with 
additional features and functionality. Emerging applications are auto-
motive passive keyless entry and authenticating products to reduce 
counterfeiting.
counterfeiting.
counterfeiting.

POWER MANAGEMENT
Switching Regulator:  A power efficient device used to convert a DC input voltage to 
a different DC output voltage. The switching regulator helps reduce heat and minimize 
current consumption, extending the life of a battery.

Power management represents one of the fastest growing segments of the analog 
semiconductor market, totaling an estimated $5.9 billion in 20045. Many embed-
ded designs today use electronic components that require different voltages to 
function properly. Power management refers to a variety of components that regu-
late and monitor the correct supply voltage and current to the system. 

Microchip’s product line today provides a wide range of the fundamental “building 
blocks” engineers need to complete their designs. These devices deliver low power, 
low current and small package size advantages attractive to the large horizontal 
base of embedded designs, including battery-powered, hand-held applications. 
Future innovations will follow these same performance trends while integrating 
additional features and functions.

PRODUCT TYPES

Low Dropout Regulators and 
Switching Regulators

Charge Pump DC/DC 
Converters

Power MOSFET Drivers

PWM Controllers

System Supervisors

Voltage Detectors

Voltage References

MIXED SIGNAL

Analog-to-Digital Converter:  An integrated circuit that converts analog or “real 
world” signals (inputs) into digital representations which are delivered to the 
microcontroller or other devices. Referred to as an “ADC” or “A/D converter.”

Despite the dominance of digital-based technology, the world is still driven by 
analog circuitry. Just about every embedded system incorporates analog inputs or 
outputs somewhere in the design.

Therefore mixed-signal devices, those components that convert analog signals to 
digital inputs or digital outputs to analog, remain an integral part of the design 
board. Estimated 2004 sales for A/D converters were $1.25 billion and for D/A 
converters were $860 million6.

PRODUCT TYPES

Analog/Digital Converter 
Families

Digital Potentiometers

System Digital/Analog 
Converters

Voltage/Frequency and  
Frequency/Voltage Converters

Microchip sees attractive growth potential in this large market. We offer high-
precision, stand-alone analog products, as well as fundamental workhorse devices. 
Our mixed-signal products offer low power and small size advantages ideal for the 
growing number of space-constrained portable or battery-powered applications. 

We have extensive analog design expertise. Microchip pioneered the addition of 
rich analog peripherals onto 8-bit microcontrollers, and the acquisition of TelCom 
Semiconductor in 2001 significantly expanded our analog knowledge base.

We create our mixed-signal products using the same technology development and 
Flash-based processes as with our PIC microcontrollers. This ensures that the 
microcontrollers and analog products are compatible on the design board and that 
we can seamlessly integrate our stand-alone analog technology onto the microcon-
troller to quickly respond to evolving market demands. Utilizing Flash processes on 
our analog products enables higher precision devices and shorter lead times for 
customers.

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

PRODUCT TYPES

Battery Chargers

Smart Battery Managers

Fuel Gauges

BATTERY MANAGEMENT 
Fuel Gauge:  A device that accurately reports the status of and remaining energy 
in a battery to the system being powered by the battery, such as a laptop computer. 
This allows the user to know when the battery needs to be recharged and when the 
system should be powered down to prevent loss of unsaved data.

Designers choose Microchip’s battery management solutions because they combine 
highly accurate measurement hardware with proprietary algorithms to achieve the 
highest precision solution available. These devices support portable battery-
powered systems, such as PDAs, laptop computers, digital cameras and cell 
phones, with the hardware integrated circuit, precision analog circuitry and software 
with battery charging or battery management algorithms. 

Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) is the fastest growing battery cell technology, especially for new 
portable consumer products. Charging a Li-Ion battery is a complex process using 
sophisticated algorithms built into the system. 

Our charge management controllers accurately and safely charge Li-Ion and Lithium 
Polymer batteries, maximizing battery capacity and extending battery life. We offer 
a range of single-chip charging solutions for cost-sensitive, high-volume consumer 
applications. Microchip’s development boards make it easy to evaluate our different 
devices. 

Our research and development expertise, stemming in part from our PowerSmart® 
and TelCom Semiconductor acquisitions, is focusing on solutions to support the 
rapidly changing needs of the portable, rechargeable market, which was expected to 
total approximately three billion rechargeable cells shipped in 20047. These devel-
total approximately three billion rechargeable cells shipped in 2004
opments include algorithm updates, new hardware and additional safety and secu-
rity features.

THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Temperature Sensor:  A device that measures temperature and outputs it in a 
format for the system microcontroller to use. For example, a serial output temperature 
sensor takes a temperature reading, converts it to a digital value and then sends the 
value to the microcontroller.

Thermal management describes devices that measure temperature and use this data 
for compensation purposes within an application. Our products offer competitive advan-
tages in small package sizes, low current consumption and low power. 

Microchip has a large product line of temperature sensors with a variety of output types 
(logic, linear and serial) in a range of accuracy values and packages, including the ultra-
small SC-70 package (the actual size fits inside this letter “O”).

PRODUCT TYPES

Temperature Sensors

Fan Speed Controllers

Fan Fault Detectors

Product innovation is focused on further enhancing accuracy in temperature sensors. 
Many embedded control applications require temperature control and compensation, 
such as power supplies, PCs and telephone displays. As sensor technology becomes 
smaller and less expensive, new applications are taking advantage of temperature 
compensation to provide a more robust solution. The annual thermal sensor market is 
approximately $1 billion8, and Microchip estimates the silicon-based temperature 
sensor market represents approximately 30% of the total—-a sizable opportunity for 
this product line alone.

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

PRODUCT TYPES

CAN Peripherals

Infrared Peripherals

LIN Transceivers

Serial Peripherals

INTERFACE

Interface Device:  A device that provides a network connection based on an industry 
standard, enabling the end product to communicate and be compatible with other 
products based on that standard, like adding CAN to one automotive subsystem 
(braking system) so it can communicate with another subsystem on a CAN network 
(automatic cruise control).

Microchip’s interface devices support protocols such as IrDA®for wireless personal 
computing applications and Controller Area Network (CAN) and Local Interconnect 
Network (LIN) for automotive and industrial applications.

Microchip is the only supplier who offers IrDA protocol handling in small, cost-effective 
devices, which allow engineers to implement IrDA without having to understand the 
nuances of the protocol. This reduces learning curves of a new technology and speeds 
time to market.

Microchip features CAN and LIN capability in stand-alone versions as well as on certain 
PIC microcontrollers, giving the engineer the flexibility to choose the best solution for 
the design requirements. The total worldwide market for CAN nodes used in automo-
tive applications is estimated at $374 million in 20049. 

New product development for interface devices is focused on new and emerging 
industry standards that we believe offer strong growth potential.

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

SERIAL EEPROMs

Serial EEPROM:  A stand-alone memory device that retains data after power is 
removed from it, like remembering user pre-sets for favorite channels in a car radio 
or brightness and contrast settings in a television set. EEPROM stands for Electrically 
Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory.

Serial EEPROMs are found in thousands of diverse applications, such as providing 
calibration data in a blood glucose meter or storing plug-and-play specifications in a 
PC monitor. About half of all microcontroller applications require stand-alone memory 
to store some kind of information.

In this $698 million market, Microchip ranks third in sales volume with a market 
share of 15.9%10. Serial EEPROMs are considered commodity products in the 
marketplace. We succeed here by bringing many aspects of value that differentiate us 
from other suppliers, including low power, consistent delivery, ultra-small packaging, 
advanced manufacturing processes and higher endurance and quality.

Microchip’s superior design, manufacturing and testing have also yielded industry-
leading specifications, such as 200-year data retention and one million erase/write 
cycles that work in the broadest voltage ranges and at very high speeds. Microchip 
also leads the industry with ultra-small package sizes, packing more memory into a 
SOT-23 package (16 Kbits) and a 2x3 millimeter DFN package (64 Kbits) than any 
competitor.

New product development strategies have focused on doubling, and in some cases 
tripling, the die per wafer while continuing to increase the overall quality. This allows 
engineers to put more memory into their applications while enjoying smaller package 
sizes at about the same cost. To grow our market position, Microchip is focusing on 
expanding the product line with higher speeds, new packages and the broadest 
available memory densities.

In addition, Microchip’s technical prowess in serial EEPROMs helps drive innovation 
with Flash memory that is then incorporated into our microcontroller process 
technologies. This capability continues to provide us with a strong advantage in the 
development of highly cost-effective microcontroller solutions.

REFERENCES:
1  Gartner Dataquest, “Top Companies Revenue from Shipments of 8-bit MCU - All Applications” April 2005
2   Gartner Dataquest, 2003 Microcontroller Market Share and Unit Shipments, Tom Starnes, July 2004
3   Gartner Dataquest, “Top Companies Revenue from Shipments of 8-bit MCU - All Applications” April 2005 and Microchip estimates
4  IMS Research, The World Market for Standard Signal Conditioning and Interface ICs 2004 Edition, Peter Cooney, July 2004
5   Venture Development Corporation, The Global Market for Power Supply and Power Management ICs, Fourth Edition, December 2003
6   IMS Research, The World Market for Standard Data Conversion ICs 2004 Edition, Peter Cooney, July 2004
7   Institute of Information Technology, Ltd., Advanced Rechargeable Battery Market Survey Program 2002-2003
8  EDN Magazine, “Silicon Sensors Harness Thermal Management,” David Marsh, Dec. 11, 2003
9   Strategy Analytics, “Automotive Multiplex Network Growth,” Chris Webber, Dec. 20, 2004
10 Web-Feet Research,  2004 Non-Volatile Memory Market Shares by Vendor, Alan Niebel, March 2005

ALL THINGS ELECTRONIC — START WITH MICROCHIP

PRODUCT TYPES

Integrated Development 
Environment

C Compilers, Assemblers 
and Linkers

Software Libraries

Application Development Tools

Device Programmers

In-Circuit Debuggers

In-Circuit Emulators

Development and Evaluation 
Boards

DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS 
In-Circuit Debugger:  A tool that engineers utilize to design, program and test 
embedded system hardware. By using dedicated logic available on the microcon-
troller or DSC device, the in-circuit debugger uploads and downloads data to the 
device, then provides control over the device to run, halt and inspect the state of 
variables and peripherals in the application.

Before a customer’s design can go into production (and we sell our silicon solu-
tions), the engineer needs to write the software code that will be programmed into 
the microcontroller or DSC, providing the end product with its own intelligence/
functionality. Once the code is written, it must be tested, compiled, debugged and 
then programmed into the controller. 

A series of hardware and software development systems is used by engineers to 
accomplish these important tasks. These tools can significantly impact how quickly 
an engineer can complete the design so it is ready for volume production. Many 
engineers are passionate about the development tools they use, to the extent that 
they may select the microcontroller architecture based on their affinity for the 
supporting development systems.

Microchip enjoys a strong reputation of providing world-class development tools that 
are easy to use and offer robust hardware and software capabilities, dramatically 
reducing time-to-market pressures for customers. 

Microchip’s MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) presents a single, 
common graphical user interface for all of our tools, just as most people are 
familiar with the Windows®operating system “look and feel.” New tools can be 
added to this platform with ease and a minimal learning curve. The comprehensive 
MPLAB IDE can be downloaded at no cost from Microchip’s web site.

The typical design cycle is about 18 months from the time an engineer purchases 
a development tool to the time his or her design goes into volume production. 
Therefore, Microchip uses the number of tool sales as a leading indicator of contin-
ued customer acceptance. In addition, more than 150 third-party companies have 
created and sell development tools supporting our PIC microcontroller and dsPIC 
DSC products.

  Microchip continues to design additional development tools,

supporting new silicon solutions with further feature 
enhancements and making them even more user friendly.

 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C.  20549 

(Mark One) 

FORM 10-K 

  X   

Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005  

___ 

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from __________ to __________ 

Commission File Number: 0-21184 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 
_______________________________________ 

Delaware 
(State of Incorporation) 

86-0629024 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

2355 W. Chandler Blvd., Chandler, AZ  85224 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code) 

(480) 792-7200 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value Per Share 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Indicate  by  checkmark  whether  the  Registrant:  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the 
past 90 days:  Yes X    No ____ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   (X) 

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2): Yes    X   
No ____ 

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock of the Registrant beneficially owned by stockholders, other than 
directors, officers and affiliates of the Registrant, at September 30, 2004 was $5,431,093,405. 

Number of shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding as of May 16, 2005:  208,490,094. 

Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  

Document 

Part of Form 10-K 
III 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

FORM 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Business 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  

Purchases of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees Services 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures  

  2

Page 

3 
18 
19 
19 

19 
20 
22 
39 
40 
40 
40 
41 

41 
41 
42 
42 
42 

43 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements 

regarding our strategy and future financial performance.  We use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” 
“estimate,” “future,” “intend” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements.  Our actual results could 
differ materially from the results described in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors including those 
set forth under “Item 1 – Business – Additional Factors That May Affect Results of Operations,” beginning below at page 12, 
“Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” beginning below at 
page 22, and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Although we believe that the matters reflected in the forward-looking statements 
are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.  You should not place 
undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any 
forward-looking statement. 

Item 1. 

BUSINESS 

We develop and manufacture specialized semiconductor products used by our customers for a wide variety of embedded 

control applications.  Our product portfolio comprises our PICmicro® field–reprogrammable (Flash) RISC microcontrollers 
which serve 8-bit and 16-bit embedded control applications, and a broad spectrum of high-performance linear and mixed-
signal, power management and thermal management devices.  We also offer complementary microperipheral products 
including interface devices, Serial EEPROMs, and application-specific standard products (ASSPs).  Our synergistic product 
portfolio targets thousands of applications and a growing demand for high-performance designs in the automotive, 
communications, computing, consumer and industrial control markets.  Our quality systems are ISO/TS16949 (2002 version) 
certified. 

Microchip Technology Incorporated was incorporated in Delaware in 1989.  In this Form 10-K, “we,” “us,” and “our” 

each refers to Microchip Technology Incorporated and its subsidiaries.  Our executive offices are located at 2355 West 
Chandler Boulevard, Chandler, Arizona 85224-6199 and our telephone number is (480) 792-7200.   

Our Internet address is www.microchip.com.  We post the following filings on our Web site as soon as reasonably 

practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: 

•  Our annual report on Form 10-K 
•  Our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q 
•  Our current reports on Form 8-K, and  
•  Any amendments to the above-listed reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

All SEC filings on our Web site are available free of charge.  The information on our Web site is not incorporated into 

this Form 10-K. 

Industry Background 

Competitive pressures require manufacturers of a wide variety of products to expand product functionality and provide 

differentiation while maintaining or reducing cost.  To address these requirements, manufacturers often use integrated circuit-
based embedded control systems that enable them to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

differentiate their products 
replace less efficient electromechanical control devices 
reduce the number of components in their system 
add product functionality 
decrease time to market for their products, and 
significantly reduce product cost. 

  3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Embedded control systems have been incorporated into thousands of products and subassemblies in a wide variety of 

applications and markets worldwide, including: 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

automotive comfort, safety and   
entertainment applications 
remote control devices 
handheld tools 
home appliances 
portable computers 
robotics  

• 

cordless and cellular telephone  
accessories 
•  motor controls 
• 
• 
• 

security systems 
educational and entertainment devices, and 
consumer electronics. 

Embedded control systems also facilitate the emergence of new classes of products when applications not previously 
existing become possible.  Embedded control systems typically incorporate a microcontroller as the principal active, and 
sometimes sole, component.  A microcontroller is a self-contained computer-on-a-chip consisting of a central processing unit, 
non-volatile program memory, random access memory for data storage and various input/output peripheral capabilities.  In 
addition to the microcontroller, a complete embedded control system incorporates application-specific software and may 
include specialized peripheral device controllers, non-volatile memory components such as EEPROMs, and various analog 
and interface products. 

The increasing demand for embedded control has made the market for microcontrollers one of the largest segments of 

the semiconductor market.  Microcontrollers are currently available in 4-bit through 32-bit architectures.  Although 4-bit 
microcontrollers are relatively inexpensive, they generally lack the minimum  functionality required in most applications and 
are typically used in relatively simple applications.  While traditional 16-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers provide very high 
performance and functionality, they are generally too expensive for many high-volume embedded control applications.  As a 
result, many manufacturers of competitive, high-volume products have found 8-bit microcontrollers to be the most cost-
effective embedded control solution.  

Most microcontrollers shipped today are ROM-based and must be programmed by the semiconductor supplier during 

manufacturing, resulting in 8-12-week lead times, based on market conditions, for delivery of such microcontrollers.  In 
addition to delayed product introduction, these long lead times can result in potential inventory obsolescence and temporary 
factory shutdowns when changes in the firmware are required. To address these issues, some suppliers offer programmable 
microcontrollers that can be configured by the customer in the customer’s manufacturing line, thus significantly reducing 
lead-time and inventory risks when the inevitable firmware changes occur.  While these microcontrollers were initially 
expensive relative to ROM-based microcontrollers, manufacturing technology has evolved over the last several years to the 
point where reprogrammable microcontrollers are now available for little to no premium over ROM-based microcontrollers, 
thus providing significant value to microcontroller customers.  As a result, reprogrammable microcontrollers are the fastest 
growing segment of the microcontroller market.  

Our Products 

Our strategic focus is on embedded control solutions, including: 

•  microcontrollers 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  Serial EEPROMs 

digital signal controllers 
high-performance linear and mixed-signal devices 
power management and thermal management devices 
® security ASSPs 
patented KEELOQ
smart battery management ASSPs, and 

We provide highly cost-effective embedded control solutions that also offer the advantages of small size, high 

performance, low voltage/power operation and ease of development, enabling timely and cost-effective embedded control 
product integration by our customers. 

  4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Microcontrollers 

We offer a broad family of microcontroller products featuring a unique, proprietary architecture marketed under the 
PIC® brand name.  We believe that our PIC product family is a price/performance leader in the worldwide microcontroller 
market.  We have shipped over 3 billion PIC microcontrollers to customers worldwide since their introduction in 1990.  Our 
PIC products are designed for applications requiring field-programmability, high performance, low power and cost 
effectiveness.  They feature a variety of memory technology configurations, low voltage and power, small footprint and ease 
of use.  Our performance results from an exclusive product architecture which features dual data and instruction pathways, 
referred to as a Harvard dual-bus architecture; a Reduced Instruction Set Computer, referred to as RISC; and variable length 
instructions; all of which provide significant speed advantages over alternative single-bus, Complex Instruction Set Computer 
architectures, referred to as CISC.  With over 260 microcontrollers in our product portfolio, we target the entire performance 
range of 8-bit microcontrollers.  Additionally, our scalable product architecture allows us to successfully target both the 
entry-level of the 16-bit microcontroller market, as well as the 4-bit microcontroller marketplace, significantly enlarging our 
addressable market. 

We have used our manufacturing experience and design and process technology to bring additional enhancements and 

manufacturing efficiencies to the development and production of our PIC family of microcontroller products.  Our extensive 
experience base has enabled us to develop our advanced, low cost user programmability feature by incorporating non-volatile 
memory, such as Flash, EEPROM and EPROM Memory, into the microcontroller, and to be a leader in reprogrammable 
microcontroller product offerings. 

Digital Signal Controllers 

We recently began production shipments of our Digital Signal Controller product line.  Our family of dsPIC® Digital 
Signal Controllers, currently 19 products, integrates control features of high-performance 16-bit microcontrollers with the 
processing capabilities of Digital Signal Processors (DSPs).  During the last three fiscal years, all of our Digital Signal 
Controller product development has been focused on reprogrammable (Flash) products.  These controllers integrate a wide 
variety of peripheral functions making them suitable for a large number of embedded control applications. 

Our dsPIC product family offers a broad suite of hardware and software development tools, software application 

libraries, development boards and reference designs to ease and expedite the customer application development cycle.  With 
its field-re-programmability, large selection of peripheral functions, small footprint and ease of use, we believe that our 
dsPIC controllers will significantly enlarge our addressable market. 

Development Systems  

We offer a comprehensive set of low-cost and easy-to-learn application development tools.  These tools enable system 

designers to quickly and easily program a PIC microcontroller and dsPIC Digital Signal Controllers for specific applications 
and are a key factor for obtaining design wins. 

Our family of development tools operates in the standard Windows® environment on standard PC hardware.  These tools 

range from entry-level systems, which include an assembler and programmer or in-circuit debugging hardware, to fully 
configured systems that provide in-circuit emulation hardware.  Customers moving from entry-level designs to those 
requiring real-time emulation are able to preserve their investment in learning and tools as they migrate to future PIC devices 
since all of our systems share the same integrated development environment. 

Many independent companies also develop and market application development tools and systems that support our 
standard microcontroller product architecture.  Currently, there are more than 150 third-party tool suppliers worldwide whose 
products support our proprietary microcontroller architecture. 

We believe that familiarity with and adoption of our, and third-party, development systems by an increasing number of 
product designers will be an important factor in the future selection of our embedded control products.  These development 
tools allow design engineers to develop thousands of application-specific products from our standard microcontrollers.  To 
date, we have shipped more than 358,000 development systems. 

  5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSPs 

Our application-specific standard products, referred to as ASSPs, are specialized products designed to perform specific 

end-user applications, compared to our other products that are more general purpose in nature.  Our ASSP device families 
currently include, among others, our KEELOQ family of secure data transmission products and smart battery management 
products. 

Analog and Interface Products 

Our analog and interface products now consist of several families with over 420 power management, linear, mixed-

signal, thermal management and interface products.  At the end of fiscal 2005, our mixed-signal analog and interface 
products were being shipped to more than 9,500 end customers. 

We continue marketing and selling our analog and interface products into our existing microcontroller customer base, 

which we refer to as our analog “attach” strategy, as well as to new customers.  In addition to our “attach” strategy, we 
market and sell other products that may not fit our traditional PIC microcontroller and memory products customer base.  We 
market these, and all of our products, based on an application segment approach, targeted to solve different problems in 
development of our customers’ products. 

Memory Products  

Our memory products consist primarily of serial electrically erasable programmable read only memory, referred to as 
EEPROMs.  We sell these devices primarily into the embedded control market, and we are one of the largest suppliers of 
such devices worldwide.  EEPROM products are used for non-volatile program and data storage in systems where such data 
must be either modified frequently or retained for long periods.  Serial EEPROMs have a very low I/O pin requirement, 
permitting production of very small devices.  

We address customer requirements by offering products with extremely small package sizes and very low operating 

voltages for both read and write functions.  Our memory products also feature long data retention and high erase/write 
endurance. 

Manufacturing  

Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication and assembly and test.  The ownership of our manufacturing 
resources is an important component of our business strategy, enabling us to maintain a high level of manufacturing control 
resulting in us being one of the lowest cost producers in the embedded control industry.  By owning our wafer fabrication 
facilities and much of our assembly and test operations, and by employing proprietary statistical process control techniques, 
we have been able to achieve and maintain high production yields.  Direct control over manufacturing resources allows us to 
shorten our design and production cycles.  This control also allows us to capture the wafer manufacturing and a portion of the 
assembly and testing profit margin. 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in: 

•  Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) 
•  Chandler, Arizona (probe operations)  
•  Puyallup, Washington (Fab 3) (non-operational) 
•  Gresham, Oregon (Fab 4), and  
•  Bangkok, Thailand (assembly and test). 

Wafer Fabrication 

Fab 2 currently produces 8-inch wafers and supports manufacturing processes between 0.35 and 5.0 microns.  During 

fiscal 2005, Fab 2 operated at approximately 96% of its capacity compared to approximately 91% during fiscal 2004.  
Operating at higher percentages of capacity has a positive impact on our operating results due to the relatively high fixed 
costs inherent in wafer fabrication manufacturing. 

  6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On June 30, 2003, we completed closure of our Chandler, Arizona (Fab 1) wafer fabrication facility and integrated 
certain Fab 1 personnel and processes into our Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) wafer fabrication facility.  The facility where Fab 1 is 
located is an integral part of our overall campus in Chandler, Arizona.  Within this same facility resides our wafer probe, 
mask making and other manufacturing related activities.  We have no specific plans for utilizing the space formerly housing 
the wafer fabrication operations, and intend to leave it in an idle status. 

Fab 3 is currently non-operational and being held-for-future-use.  See “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Special Charges – Fab 3 Impairment Charge,” below at page 33, for a 
discussion of the status of Fab 3. 

Fab 4 was acquired by us in August 2002 and began production on October 31, 2003.  Fab 4 produces 8-inch wafers 
using 0.5 micron manufacturing processes and is capable of supporting technologies below 0.18 microns.  Fab 4 has reached 
a level of production where costs and efficiencies have met our initial expectations.  Fab 4 costs on comparable technologies 
are in fact lower than those of Fab 2.  We have a significant amount of clean room capacity and equipment still to be placed 
in service at Fab 4 that was acquired in the original acquisition of Fab 4 that we can bring on line in the future to support 
incremental wafer fabrication capacity needs.  We believe the combined capacity of Fab 2, Fab 4 and Fab 3 will provide 
sufficient capacity to allow us to respond to increases in future demand. 

We continue to transition products to more advanced process technologies to reduce future manufacturing costs.  We 

believe that our ability to successfully transition to more advanced process technologies is important for us to remain 
competitive.  Our future operating results could be adversely affected if any such transition is substantially delayed or 
inefficiently implemented. 

We also contract with third-party wafer foundries to fabricate less than 3% of our total production.  On a strategic basis, 

we will continue to use third-party foundries to shorten our product design cycle on certain key technologies and products. 

Assembly and Test 

We perform product assembly and testing at our facilities located near Bangkok, Thailand.  At March 31, 2005, 

approximately 70% of our assembly requirements were being performed in our Thailand facility.  As of March 31, 2005, our 
Thailand facility was testing substantially all of our wafer production.  A 67,000 square foot expansion area that was placed 
in service in fiscal 2005 provides the Thailand facility with sufficient space for our projected expansion needs in fiscal 2006.  
We also use third-party assembly and test contractors in several Asian countries for the balance of our assembly and test 
requirements. 

General Matters Impacting Our Manufacturing Operations 

We employ proprietary design and manufacturing processes in developing our microcontroller and memory products.  
We believe our processes afford us both cost-effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in 
new product designs.  While many of our competitors develop and optimize separate processes for their logic and memory 
product lines, we use a common process technology for both microcontroller and non-volatile memory products.  This allows 
us to more fully absorb our process research and development costs and to deliver new products to market more rapidly.  Our 
engineers utilize advanced Computer Aided Design tools and software to perform circuit design, simulation and layout, and 
our in-house photomask and wafer fabrication facilities enable us to rapidly verify design techniques by processing test 
wafers quickly and efficiently. 

Due to the high fixed costs inherent in semiconductor manufacturing, consistently high manufacturing yields have 
significant positive effects on our gross profit and overall operating results.  During fiscal 2005, our focus on manufacturing 
productivity allowed us to maintain excellent manufacturing yields at our facilities.  Our manufacturing yields are primarily 
driven by a comprehensive implementation of statistical process control, extensive employee training and selective upgrading 
of our manufacturing facilities and equipment.  Maintenance of manufacturing productivity and yields are important factors 
in the achievement of our operating results.  The manufacture and assembly of integrated circuits, particularly non-volatile, 
erasable CMOS memory and logic devices, such as those that we produce, are complex processes.  These processes are 
sensitive to a wide variety of factors, including the level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, impurities in the 
materials used and the performance of our wafer fabrication personnel and equipment.  As is typical in the semiconductor 
industry, we have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields.  Our operating results will 
suffer if we are unable to maintain yields at approximately the current levels. 

  7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our semiconductor manufacturing operations require raw materials and equipment that must meet exacting standards.  

We generally have more than one source for these supplies, but there are only a limited number of suppliers capable of 
delivering various raw materials and equipment that meet our standards.  In addition, the raw materials and equipment 
necessary for our business could become more difficult to obtain as worldwide use of semiconductors in product applications 
increases.  We have experienced supply shortages from time to time in the past, and on occasion our suppliers have told us 
they need more time than expected to fill our orders.  An interruption of any raw materials or equipment sources could harm 
our business. 

Our reliance on third parties for a portion of wafer fabrication and assembly and testing involves some reduction in our 

level of control over the portions of our business that we subcontract.  While we review the quality, delivery and cost 
performance of these third-party contractors, our future operating results could suffer if any third-party contractor is unable to 
maintain manufacturing yields, assembly and test yields and costs at approximately their current levels. 

The foregoing statements related to the combined capacity of Fab 2, Fab 4 and Fab 3 providing sufficient capacity to 
allow us to respond to future increases in demand and the transition to more advanced process technologies to reduce future 
manufacturing costs are forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially because of the following factors, 
among others: changes in utilization of our current manufacturing capacity; unanticipated costs in ramping production at 
Fab 4; our ability to increase production at Fab 2; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the Portland, 
Oregon area; changes in demand for products and the products of our customers; supply disruption; absorption of fixed 
costs, labor and other direct manufacturing costs; fluctuations in production yields; production efficiencies and overall 
capacity utilization; changes in product mix; competitive pressures on prices; labor unrest; political instability and 
expropriation; and other general economic conditions. 

At the end of fiscal 2005, we owned long-lived assets (consisting of property, plant and equipment and goodwill) in the 
United States amounting to $622.3 million and $102.9 million in other countries, including $100.6 million in Thailand.  At 
the end of fiscal 2004, we owned long-lived assets in the United States amounting to $608.3 million and $113.2 million in 
other countries, including $111.7 million in Thailand. 

Research and Development (R&D) 

We are committed to continuing our investment in new and enhanced products, including development systems, and in 
our design and manufacturing process technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our 
competitive position.  Our current R&D activities focus on the design of new microcontrollers, digital signal controllers, 
ASSPs, memory and mixed-signal products, new development systems, software and application-specific software libraries.  
We are also developing new design and process technologies to achieve further cost reductions and performance 
improvements in existing products.   

In fiscal 2005, our R&D expenses were $93.0 million, compared to $85.4 million in fiscal 2004 and $88.0 million in 

fiscal 2003. 

Sales and Distribution 

General 

We market our products worldwide primarily through a network of direct sales personnel and distributors.  

Our direct sales force focuses primarily on major strategic accounts in three geographical markets: the Americas, Europe 
and Asia.  We currently maintain sales and support centers in major metropolitan areas in North America, Europe and Asia.  
We believe that a strong technical service presence is essential to the continued development of the embedded control market.  
The majority of our field sales engineers (FSEs), field application engineers (FAEs), and sales management have technical 
degrees and have been previously employed in an engineering environment.  We believe that the technical knowledge of our 
sales force is a key competitive advantage in the sale of our products.  The primary mission of our FAE team is to provide 
technical assistance to strategic accounts and to conduct periodic training sessions for FSEs and distributor sales teams.  
FAEs also frequently conduct technical seminars in major cities around the world, and work closely with our distributors to 
provide technical assistance and end-user support. 

  8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distribution 

Our distributors focus primarily on servicing the product and technical support requirements of a broad base of diverse 

customers.  We believe that distributors provide an effective means of reaching this broad and diverse customer base. 

In fiscal 2005, we derived 65% of our net sales from sales through distributors and 35% of our net sales from direct sales 
to original equipment manufacturers, referred to as OEM customers.  Distributors accounted for 64% of our net sales in fiscal 
2004 and 60% of our net sales in fiscal 2003.  Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in 
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004.  Our second largest distributor accounted for approximately 12% of our net sales in fiscal 2005 
and fiscal 2004.  In fiscal 2003, one distributor accounted for 12% of our net sales.  No other distributor or end customer 
accounted for more than 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2005, 2004 or 2003. 

Distributors generally have broad-based rights to return product to us.  As revenue on distributor shipments is not 
recognized until the distributors sell our product to their end customers, distributor returns have no impact on our revenue. 

We also grant certain credits to our third-party distributors and also offer these distributors price protection.  The credits 

are granted to the distributors on specifically identified pieces of the distributors’ business to allow them to earn a 
competitive gross margin on the sale of our products to their end customers.  The credits are on a per unit basis and are not 
given to the distributor until they provide information regarding the sale to their end customer.  The effect of granting these 
credits establishes the net selling price from us to our distributors for the products and results in the net revenue recognized 
by us when the product is sold by the distributors to their end customers. 

We reduce product pricing through price protection based on market conditions, competitive considerations and other 
factors.  Price protection is granted to third-party distributors on the inventory that they have on hand at the date the price 
protection is offered.  When we reduce the selling price of our products, it allows the distributors to claim a credit against 
their outstanding accounts receivables balances based on the new price of the inventory they have on hand as of the date of 
the price reduction.  There is no revenue recognition impact from the price protection activity. 

We do not offer material incentive programs to our third-party distributors. 

We do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and we, or our distributors, may terminate our relationships 

with each other with little or no advanced notice.  The loss of, or the disruption in the operations of, one or more of our 
distributors could reduce our future net sales in a given quarter and could result in an increase in inventory returns. 

Sales by Geography 

Sales by geography for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended March 31, 

Americas 
Europe 
Asia 

2005 

$ 248,881 
  232,493 
  365,562 

% 

29.4 
27.4 
43.2 

2004 

$ 219,641 
  194,187 
  285,432 

% 

31.4 
27.8 
40.8 

2003 

$ 219,504 
  177,727 
  254,231 

% 

33.7 
27.3 
39.0 

Total Sales 

$ 846,936 

  100.0% 

$ 699,260 

100.0% 

$ 651,462 

100.0% 

Sales to customers in Asia have increased as a percentage of sales from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 and from fiscal 2004 to 

fiscal 2005.  We attribute this primarily to many of our customers transitioning their manufacturing operations to Asia. 

Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately 73% of our net sales in fiscal 2005 and 71% of our net sales in 

fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003.  Our sales to foreign customers have been predominately in Asia and Europe, which we attribute 
to the manufacturing strength in those areas for automotive, communications, computing, consumer and industrial control 
products.  Americas sales include sales to customers in the United States, Canada, Central America and South America. 

  9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales to customers in China, including Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 16% of our net sales in fiscal 2005, 
approximately 14% of our net sales in fiscal 2004 and 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2003.  In fiscal 2005, sales to customers 
in Taiwan accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales.  We did not have sales into any other foreign countries that 
exceeded 10% of our net sales during fiscal 2005, 2004 or 2003. 

Our international sales are predominately U.S. dollar denominated.  Although foreign sales are subject to certain 
government export restrictions, we have not experienced any material difficulties as a result of export restrictions to date. 

Our foreign operations are subject to a number of risks as described under the heading, “We are highly dependent on 

foreign sales and operations, which exposes us to foreign political and economic risks,” on page 16. 

Backlog 

As of April 29, 2005, our backlog was approximately $166.9 million, compared to $209.9 million as of April 23, 2004.  

Our backlog includes all purchase orders scheduled for delivery within the subsequent 12 months. 

We primarily produce standard products that can be shipped from inventory within a short time after we receive an order.  

Our business and, to a large extent, that of the entire semiconductor industry, is characterized by short-term orders and 
shipment schedules.  Orders constituting our current backlog are subject to changes in delivery schedules, or to cancellation 
at the customer’s option without significant penalty.  Thus, while backlog is useful for scheduling production, backlog as of 
any particular date may not be a reliable measure of sales for any future period.   

Competition 

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been characterized by price erosion and rapid technological 

change.  We compete with major domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater market 
recognition and greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have with which to pursue 
engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.  Emerging companies may also increase their 
participation in the market for embedded control applications.  Furthermore, capacity in the semiconductor industry is 
generally increasing over time and such increased capacity or improved product availability could adversely affect our 
competitive position. 

We currently compete principally on the basis of the technical innovation and performance of our embedded control 

products, including the following product characteristics: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

speed 
functionality 
density 
power consumption 

• 
• 
• 
• 

reliability 
packaging alternatives 
price, and 
availability. 

We believe that other important competitive factors in the embedded control market include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

ease of use 
functionality of application development systems 
dependable delivery and quality, and 
technical service and support.   

We believe that we compete favorably with other companies on all of these factors, but we may be unable to compete 

successfully in the future, which could harm our business. 

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks 

We maintain a portfolio of United States and foreign patents, expiring on various dates between 2005 and 2023.  We also 
have numerous additional United States and foreign patent applications pending.  We do not expect that the expiration of any 
particular patent will have a material impact on our business.  While we intend to continue to seek patents on our inventions 
and manufacturing processes, we believe that our continued success depends primarily on the technological skills and 
innovative capabilities of our personnel and our ability to rapidly commercialize product developments, rather than on our 

  10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
patents.  Our existing patents and any new patents that are issued may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide 
meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us.  In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect 
our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.   

We have entered into certain intellectual property licenses and cross-licenses with other companies related to 

semiconductor products and manufacturing processes.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we and our customers 
have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications from third parties asserting patent or other 
intellectual property rights on certain of our products or technologies.  We investigate all such notices and respond as we 
believe is appropriate.  Based on industry practice, we believe that in most cases we can obtain any necessary licenses or 
other rights on commercially reasonable terms, but we cannot assure that licenses would be on acceptable terms, that 
litigation would not ensue or that damages for any past infringement would not be assessed.  Litigation, which could result in 
substantial cost to us and require significant attention from management, may be necessary to enforce our patents or other 
intellectual property rights, or to defend us against claimed infringement of the rights of others.  The failure to obtain 
necessary licenses or other rights, or litigation arising out of infringement claims, could harm our business.   

Environmental Regulation 

We must comply with many different federal, state and local governmental regulations related to the use, storage, 

discharge and disposal of certain chemicals and gases used in our manufacturing processes.  Our facilities have been designed 
to comply with these regulations and we believe that our activities are conducted in compliance with such regulations.  Any 
changes in such regulations or in their enforcement could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant 
expenses to comply with environmental regulations.  Any failure by us to control adequately the storage, use and disposal of 
regulated substances could result in future liabilities. 

Increasing public attention has been focused on the environmental impact of electronic manufacturing operations.  While 

we have not experienced any materially adverse effects on our operations from environmental regulations, our business and 
results of operations could suffer if for any reason we fail to control the use of, or to restrict adequately the discharge of, 
hazardous substances under present or future environmental regulations. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2005, we had 3,943 employees.  None of our employees are represented by a labor organization.  We 

have never had a work stoppage and believe that our employee relations are good. 

Executive Officers 

The following sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of April 23, 2005: 

Name 
Steve Sanghi 
Steven V. Drehobl 
David S. Lambert 
Mitchell R. Little 
Ganesh Moorthy 
Gordon W. Parnell 
Richard J. Simoncic 

Age 
49 
43 
53 
52 
45 
55 
41 

Position 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and Technology Division 
Vice President, Fab Operations 
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications 
Vice President, Advanced Microcontroller and Memory Division 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division 

Mr. Sanghi has been President since August 1990, CEO since October 1991, and Chairman of the Board since October 

1993.  He has served as a director since August 1990.  Mr. Sanghi holds an M.S. degree in Electrical and Computer 
Engineering from the University of Massachusetts and a B.S. degree in Electronics and Communication from Punjab 
University, India. 

Mr. Drehobl has served as Vice President of the Security, Microcontroller, and Technology Division since July 2001. He 
has been employed by Microchip since August 1989 and has served as a Vice President in various roles since February 1997.  
Mr. Drehobl holds a Bachelor of Technology degree from the University of Dayton. 

  11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Lambert has served as Vice President, Fab Operations since November 1993.  From 1991 to November 1993, he 

served as Director of Manufacturing Engineering, and from 1988 to 1991, he served as Engineering Manager of Fab 
Operations.  Mr. Lambert holds a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Cincinnati. 

Mr. Little has served as Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications since July 2000.  From April 1998 through 
July 2000, he served as Vice President, Americas Sales.  From November 1995 to April 1998, he served as Vice President,  
Standard Microcontroller and ASSP Division.  Joining Microchip in 1989, Mr. Little also held positions with the Memory 
Products Division including Vice President of that division.  Mr. Little holds a BSET degree from United Electronics 
Institute. 

Mr. Moorthy has served as Vice President, Advanced Microcontroller and Memory Division, since December 2003.  
From November 2001 to December 2003, he served as Vice President, Advanced Microcontroller and Automotive Division.  
From August 2000 through November 2001, he served as Chairman and CEO of Cybercilium, Inc., a business intelligence 
solutions provider for mid-market companies.  From 1981 through July 2000, Mr. Moorthy worked at Intel Corporation in 
various operations and management capacities, including his last assignment as Director of Operations for Intel’s Home 
Products Group.  Mr. Moorthy holds an MBA in Marketing from National University, a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering 
from the University of Washington and a B.S. degree in Physics from the University of Bombay.  

Mr. Parnell has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2000.  He served as Vice President, 

Controller and Treasurer from April 1993 to May 2000.  Mr. Parnell holds a finance/accounting qualification with the 
Association of Certified Accountants from Edinburgh College, Scotland.  

Mr. Simoncic has served as Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division since September 1999.  From 

January 1996 to September 1999, he served as Vice President, Memory and Specialty Products Division.  Mr. Simoncic holds 
a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering Technology from DeVry Institute of Technology. 

Additional Factors That May Affect Our Results of Operations  

When evaluating Microchip and its business, you should give careful consideration to the factors listed below, in 

addition to the information provided elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in other documents that we file with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission. 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to factors that could reduce our net sales and profitability. 

Our quarterly operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could reduce our net sales and profitability, 

many of which are beyond our control.  Some of the factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

changes in demand or market acceptance of our products and products of our customers 
the mix of inventory we hold and our ability to satisfy orders from our inventory 
levels of inventories at our customers 
changes in utilization of our manufacturing capacity and fluctuations in manufacturing yields 
our ability to secure sufficient assembly and testing capacity 
competitive developments including pricing pressures 
the level of orders that are received and can be shipped in a quarter 
the level of sell-through of our products through distribution 
changes or fluctuations in customer order patterns and seasonality 
constrained availability from other electronic suppliers impacting our customers’ ability to ship their products, 
which in turn may adversely impact our sales to those customers 
costs and outcomes of any tax audits or any litigation involving intellectual property, customers or other issues 
disruptions in our business or our customers’ businesses due to terrorist activity, armed conflict, war, worldwide 
oil prices and supply, public health concerns or disruptions in the transportation system 
property damage or other losses which are not covered by insurance, and 
general economic, industry or political conditions in the United States or internationally. 

  12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that you should 

not rely upon any such comparisons as indications of future performance.  In future periods our operating results may fall 
below our public guidance or the expectations of public market analysts and investors, which would likely have a negative 
effect on the price of our common stock. 

Our operating results will suffer if we ineffectively utilize our manufacturing capacity or fail to maintain manufacturing 
yields. 

The manufacture and assembly of integrated circuits, particularly non-volatile, erasable CMOS memory and logic 
devices such as those that we produce, are complex processes.  These processes are sensitive to a wide variety of factors, 
including the level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, impurities in the materials used and the performance 
of our wafer fabrication personnel and equipment.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time 
experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields.  Our operating results will suffer if we are unable to maintain yields 
at approximately the current levels. 

Our operating results are also adversely affected when we operate at less than optimal capacity.  Lower capacity 

utilization results in certain costs being charged directly to expense and lower gross margins. 

We are dependent on orders that are received and shipped in the same quarter and therefore limited in our visibility of 
future product shipments. 

Our net sales in any given quarter depend upon a combination of shipments from backlog and orders received in that 
quarter for shipment in that quarter, which we refer to as turns orders.  We measure turns orders at the beginning of a quarter 
based on the orders needed to meet the shipment targets that we set entering the quarter.  Historically, we have proven our 
ability to respond quickly to customer orders as part of our competitive strategy, resulting in customers placing orders with 
relatively short delivery schedules.  Shorter lead times generally mean that turns orders as a percentage of our business are 
relatively high in any particular quarter and reduces our backlog visibility on future product shipments.  Turns orders 
correlate to overall semiconductor industry conditions and product lead times.  Because turns orders are difficult to predict, 
varying levels of turns orders make our net sales more difficult to forecast.  If we do not achieve a sufficient level of turns 
orders in a particular quarter relative to our revenue targets, our revenue and operating results may suffer. 

Intense competition in the markets we serve may lead to pricing pressures, reduced sales of our products or reduced 
market share. 

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been characterized by price erosion and rapid technological 

change.  We compete with major domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater market 
recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we do with which 
to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.  Emerging companies are also increasing 
their participation in the market for embedded control applications.  We may be unable to compete successfully in the future, 
which could harm our business. 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors both within and outside our control, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the quality, performance, reliability, features, ease of use, pricing and diversity of our products 
our success in designing and manufacturing new products including those implementing new technologies 
the rate at which customers incorporate our products into their own applications 
product introductions by our competitors 
the number, nature and success of our competitors in a given market 
our ability to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials and other supplies at acceptable prices 
our ability to protect our products and processes by effective utilization of intellectual property rights 
the quality of our customer service and our ability to address the needs of our customers, and 
general market and economic conditions. 

Historically, average selling prices in the semiconductor industry decrease over the life of any particular product.  The 
overall average selling prices of our microcontroller and proprietary analog and interface products have remained relatively 
constant, while average selling prices of our Serial EEPROM and non-proprietary analog and interface products have 
declined over time. 

  13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, modest pricing declines in certain of our more mature 

proprietary product lines, due primarily to competitive conditions.  We have been able to moderate average selling price 
declines in many of our proprietary product lines by continuing to introduce new products with more features and higher 
prices.  We have experienced in the past and expect to continue to experience in the future varying degrees of competitive 
pricing pressures in our Serial EEPROM products. 

We may be unable to maintain average selling prices for our products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the 

future, which could adversely impact our operating results. 

Our business is highly dependent on selling through distributors. 

Sales through distributors accounted for 65% of our net sales in fiscal 2005, 64% of our net sales in fiscal 2004 and 60% 

of our net sales in fiscal 2003.  Our two largest distributors together accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales in 
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 and approximately 21% of our net sales in fiscal 2003.  We do not have long-term agreements 
with our distributors and our distributors may terminate their relationships with us with little or no advanced notice. 

The loss of, or a disruption in the operations of, one or more of our distributors could reduce our net sales in a given 

quarter and could result in an increase in inventory returns. 

Our success depends on our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis. 

Our future operating results will depend on our ability to develop and introduce new products on a timely basis that can 

compete effectively on the basis of price and performance and which address customer requirements.  The success of our new 
product introductions depends on various factors, including: 

• 
• 
• 

proper new product selection 
timely completion and introduction of new product designs 
development of support tools and collateral literature that make complex new products easy for engineers to 
understand and use, and 

•  market acceptance of our customers’ end products. 

Because our products are complex, we have experienced delays from time to time in completing development of new 
products.  In addition, our new products may not receive or maintain substantial market acceptance.  We may be unable to 
design, develop and introduce competitive products on a timely basis, which could adversely impact our future operating 
results. 

Our success also depends upon our ability to develop and implement new design and process technologies.  
Semiconductor design and process technologies are subject to rapid technological change and require significant R&D 
expenditures.  We and other companies in the industry have, from time to time, experienced difficulties in effecting 
transitions to advanced process technologies and, consequently, have suffered reduced manufacturing yields or delays in 
product deliveries.  Our future operating results could be adversely affected if any transition to future process technologies is 
substantially delayed or inefficiently implemented. 

We must attract and retain qualified personnel to be successful, and competition for qualified personnel is intense in our 
market. 

Our success depends upon the efforts and abilities of our senior management, engineering and other personnel.  The 

competition for qualified engineering and management personnel is intense.  We may be unsuccessful in retaining our 
existing key personnel or in attracting and retaining additional key personnel that we require.  The loss of the services of one 
or more of our key personnel or the inability to add key personnel could harm our business.  We have no employment 
agreements with any member of our senior management team. 

We are dependent on several third-party contractors to perform key manufacturing functions for us. 

We use several third-party contractors located in Asia for a portion of the assembly and testing of our products.  We also 

rely on outside wafer foundries for a portion of our wafer fabrication.  Although we own the majority of our manufacturing 
resources, the disruption or termination of any of our third-party contractors could harm our business and operating results.   
  14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our use of third parties involves some reduction in our level of control over the portions of our business that we 

subcontract.  Our future operating results could suffer if any third-party contractor were to experience financial, operations or 
production difficulties or situations when demand exceeds capacity, or if they were unable to maintain manufacturing yields, 
assembly and test yields and costs at approximately their current levels, or if due to their locations in foreign countries they 
were to experience political upheaval or infrastructure disruption.  In such case, we may not be able to qualify additional 
manufacturing sources for our products in a timely manner or at all, and such arrangements, if any, may not be on favorable 
terms to us.  In such event, our business and operating results could be adversely affected. 

We may lose sales if our suppliers of raw materials and equipment fail to meet our needs. 

Our semiconductor manufacturing operations require raw materials and equipment that must meet exacting standards.  

We generally have more than one source for these supplies, but there are only a limited number of suppliers capable of 
delivering various raw materials and equipment that meet our standards.  The raw materials and equipment necessary for our 
business could become more difficult to obtain as worldwide use of semiconductors in product applications increases.  We 
have experienced supply shortages from time to time in the past, and on occasion our suppliers have told us they need more 
time than expected to fill our orders or that they will no longer support certain equipment with updates or spare and 
replacements parts.  An interruption of any raw materials or equipment sources, or the lack of supplier support for a particular 
piece of equipment, could harm our business. 

Our operating results may be impacted by the wide fluctuations of supply and demand in the semiconductor industry. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by wide fluctuations of supply and demand.  The industry has experienced 

significant economic downturns, characterized by diminished product demand and production over-capacity.  We have 
sought to reduce our exposure to this industry cyclicality by selling proprietary products that cannot be easily or quickly 
replaced, to a geographically diverse base of customers across a broad range of market segments.  However, we have 
experienced substantial period-to-period fluctuations in operating results and expect, in the future, to experience period-to-
period fluctuations in operating results due to general industry or economic conditions. 

We are exposed to various risks related to legal proceedings or claims.  

We are currently, and in the future may be, involved in legal proceedings or claims regarding patent infringement, 
intellectual property rights, contracts and other matters.  From October 2001 to October 2004, we were involved in patent 
infringement litigation with Philips Corporation which has since been settled.  However, as is typical in the semiconductor 
industry, we receive notifications from customers from time to time who believe that we owe them indemnification or other 
obligations related to infringement claims made against the customers by third parties.  These legal proceedings and claims, 
whether with or without merit, could result in substantial cost to us and divert our resources.  If we are not able to resolve a 
claim, negotiate a settlement of a matter, obtain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, and/or successfully 
prosecute or defend our position, we could incur uninsured liability in any one of them and our business, financial condition 
or results of operations could be harmed. 

It is also possible that from time to time we may be subject to warranty or product liability claims that could lead to 
significant expenses related to the defense of such claims or any requirement to pay damages claims.  We do have product 
liability insurance, but there is no certainty that insurance will cover all claims or be of a sufficient amount to fully protect 
against such claims.  Costs or payments we may make in connection with warranty or product liability claims may adversely 
affect the results of our operations. 

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could result in lost revenue or market opportunities. 

Our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our products and manufacturing 

processes is important for our success.  To that end, we have acquired certain patents and patent licenses and intend to 
continue to seek patents on our inventions and manufacturing processes.  The process of seeking patent protection can be 
long and expensive, and patents may not be issued from currently pending or future applications.  In addition, our existing 
patents and any new patents that are issued may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any 
commercial advantage to us.  We may be subject to or may initiate interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark 
Office, which can require significant financial and management resources.  In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries 
do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.  Infringement of our 
intellectual property rights by a third party could result in uncompensated lost market and revenue opportunities for us. 

  15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We do not have long-term contracts with our customers. 

We do not typically enter into long-term contracts with our customers and we cannot be certain about future order levels 
from our customers.  When we do enter into customer contracts, the contract is generally cancelable at the convenience of the 
customer.  In the event of any early termination of a contract by one of our major customers, it is unlikely that we would be 
able to rapidly replace that revenue source which could harm our financial results. 

Business interruptions could harm our business. 

Operations at any of our manufacturing facilities, or at any of our wafer fabrication or test and assembly subcontractors, 

may be disrupted for reasons beyond our control, including work stoppages, power loss, incidents of terrorism or security 
risk, political instability, public health issues, telecommunications, transportation or other infrastructure failure, fire, 
earthquake, floods, or other natural disasters.  If operations at any of our facilities, or our subcontractors’ facilities are 
interrupted, we may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely basis.  If this occurs, we would likely 
experience delays in shipments of products to our customers and alternate sources for production may be unavailable on 
acceptable terms.  This could result in reduced revenues and profits and the cancellation of orders or loss of customers.  In 
addition, business interruption insurance will likely not be enough to compensate us for any losses that may occur and any 
losses or damages incurred by us as a result of business interruptions could significantly harm our business. 

We are highly dependent on foreign sales and operations, which exposes us to foreign political and economic risks. 

Sales to foreign customers account for a substantial portion of our net sales.  During fiscal 2005, approximately 73% of 
our net sales were made to foreign customers.  During fiscal 2004, approximately 71% of our net sales were made to foreign 
customers.  We purchase a substantial portion of our raw materials and equipment from foreign suppliers.  In addition, we 
own product assembly and testing facilities located near Bangkok, Thailand.  We also use various foreign third-party 
contractors for a portion of our assembly and testing and for a portion of our wafer fabrication requirements.  Substantially all 
of our finished goods inventory is maintained in Thailand. 

Our reliance on foreign operations, foreign suppliers, maintenance of substantially all of our finished goods in inventory 

at foreign locations and significant foreign sales exposes us to foreign political and economic risks, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

political, social and economic instability 
public health conditions 
trade restrictions and changes in tariffs 
import and export license requirements and restrictions 
difficulties in staffing and managing international operations 
employment regulations 
disruptions in international transport or delivery 
fluctuations in currency exchange rates 
difficulties in collecting receivables 
economic slowdown in the worldwide markets served by us, and 
potentially adverse tax consequences. 

If any of these risks materialize, our sales could decrease and our operating results could suffer. 

We are subject to stringent environmental regulations, which may force us to incur significant expenses. 

We must comply with many different federal, state and local governmental regulations related to the use, storage, 
discharge and disposal of toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals used in our manufacturing process.  Although we 
believe that our activities conform to presently applicable environmental regulations, our failure to comply with present or 
future regulations could result in the imposition of fines, suspension of production or a cessation of operations.  Any such 
environmental regulations could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses to comply with 
such regulations.  Any failure by us to control the use of or adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could 
subject us to future liabilities.  Environmental problems may occur that could subject us to future costs or liabilities. 

  16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further, certain of our customers shipping their products into European markets are also subject to governmental 

environmental regulations such as the Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive 
(RoHS) which will be effective July 1, 2006, and the Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment.  These 
directives focus on limiting the amounts of certain elements, such as lead, in electrical devices, and providing for the proper 
disposal of the electrical devices and their components.  The inability of this sub-set of our customers to use Microchip 
products which contain lead after July 2006 may adversely affect our results of operations. 

Recently enacted and proposed changes in securities laws and related regulations have result in increased costs to us.  

Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions 

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and recent rules enacted and proposed by the SEC, NASDAQ and the NYSE, have 
resulted in significantly increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.  In particular, complying with the internal 
control audit requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 has resulted in increased internal efforts and significantly higher 
fees from our independent accounting firm.   

This report on Form 10-K contains a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting including 
an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005.  This Form 10-K also 
contains an attestation and report by our auditors with respect to our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404.  While these assessments and reports did not reveal any material 
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, compliance with Section 404 is an ongoing process and will be 
required for each future fiscal year.  We expect that the ongoing compliance with Section 404 will continue to be both very 
costly and very challenging and there can be no assurance that material weaknesses with not be identified in future periods.  
Any adverse results from such ongoing compliance efforts could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial 
reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price. 

Recent regulations related to equity compensation could adversely affect our earnings and our ability to attract and retain 
key personnel.    

Since our inception, we have used stock options and other long-term equity incentives as a fundamental component of 

our employee compensation packages and have accounted for them using the intrinsic value method of APB No. 25, 
“Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  We believe that stock options and other long-term equity incentives directly 
motivate our employees to maximize long-term stockholder value and, through the use of vesting, encourage employees to 
remain with Microchip.  In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payments,” (SFAS 123R) which changed U.S. 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in such a way to require us to record a charge to earnings for the fair value of 
employee stock option grants and other share based compensation beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.  This 
regulation will negatively impact our earnings for those share based awards that vest beginning in fiscal 2007.  For example, 
recording a charge for employee stock options under SFAS 123 would have decreased our net income by $37.2 million, 
$36.8 million and $36.2 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  The impact on net income of SFAS 123R may 
differ significantly than the impact as calculated under SFAS 123.  Furthermore, adoption of SFAS 123R will require us to 
make certain assumptions and judgments in the valuation of stock options that we may grant in the future. A change in any of 
those assumptions or judgments could change the compensation expense that is charged against our earnings and, 
consequently, adversely affect our results of operations.  See also Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – 
Significant Accounting Policies:  Share-Based Payment.   

In addition, recent regulations implemented by The NASDAQ Stock Market® requiring shareholder approval for all 
stock option plans as well as recent regulations implemented by the New York Stock Exchange prohibiting NYSE member 
organizations from giving a proxy to vote on equity-compensation plans unless the beneficial owner of the shares has given 
voting instructions could make it more difficult for us to grant equity-based awards to employees in the future.  To the extent 
that these or other new regulations make it more difficult or expensive to grant options to employees, we may incur 
compensation costs, productivity losses, change our equity compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract, retain and 
motivate employees, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business. 

The future trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors. 

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future.  The 

future trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, many of 
which are beyond our control, including: 

  17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
quarterly variations in our operating results and the operating results of other technology companies 
actual or anticipated announcements of technical innovations or new products by us or our competitors 
changes in analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or buy/sell recommendations 
changes in our financial guidance or our failure to meet such guidance 
general conditions in the semiconductor industry, and 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  worldwide economic and financial conditions. 

In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the 

market prices for many high technology companies and that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of such 
companies.  These broad market fluctuations and other factors may harm the market price of our common stock. 

Item 2. 

PROPERTIES 

At March 31, 2005, we owned the facilities described below: 

Approx. 
Total Sq. 
Ft. 
415,000 

Location 

Chandler, 
Arizona (1) 

Uses 

Executive and Administrative Offices; Wafer Probe; R&D 
Center; Sales and Marketing; and Computer and Service 
Functions 

Tempe, Arizona 

379,000  Wafer Fabrication (Fab 2); R&D Center; Administrative 

Offices; and Warehousing 

Puyallup, 
Washington (2) 

Gresham, 
Oregon (3) 
Chacherngsao, 
Thailand (4) 

700,000  Wafer Fabrication (Fab 3); R&D Center; Administrative 

Offices; and Warehousing (non-operational; held-for-future-
use) 

826,500  Wafer Fabrication (Fab 4); R&D Center; Administrative 

290,000  

Offices; and Warehousing 
Test and Assembly; Sample Center; Warehousing; and 
Administrative Offices 

(1)  On June 30, 2003, we closed Fab 1 on our Chandler campus, and integrated certain of the personnel and processes from Fab 1 into 

Fab 2. 

(2)  Currently non-operational and being held-for-future-use.  Fab 3 consists of manufacturing buildings and land, with no equipment. 
(3)  Acquired in August 2002.  Production commenced on October 31, 2003. 
(4)  Located in the Alphatechnopolis Industrial Park near Bangkok on land to which we expect to acquire title in accordance with our 
agreement with the landowner.  Progress towards obtaining full title of the land has been delayed due to a complex financial 
restructuring situation relating to the seller of the land.  At this time it is not possible to estimate when, or if, full title transfer will be 
completed.  We have provided reserves that we estimate will be adequate to obtain full title.  Such reserves are set at the estimated fair 
value of the land. 

In addition to the facilities we own, we lease several research and development facilities and sales offices in North 
America, Europe and Asia.  Our aggregate monthly rental payment for our leased facilities is approximately $0.4 million. 

We currently believe that our existing facilities will be adequate to meet our production requirements for the next 12 

months. 

The foregoing statements related to the acquisition of title to the land on which the Thailand facility is situated and the 
adequacy of existing facilities for the next 12 months are forward-looking statements.  Actual results could differ materially 
because of the following factors, among others: developments in the financial restructuring of the seller of the land where the 
Thailand facility is situated; demand for our products; fluctuations in production yields, production efficiencies and overall 
capacity utilization; competitive pressures on prices; political instability and expropriation; and other economic conditions.  
See also the factors set forth under “Item 1 – Business – Additional Factors That May Affect Results of Operations,” 
beginning at page 12 of this report. 

  18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as plaintiff and 
defendant, and could incur uninsured liability in any one or more of them.  Although the outcome of these actions is not 
presently determinable, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not harm our business and will not have a 
material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.  Litigation relating to the semiconductor 
industry is not uncommon, and we are, and from time to time have been, subject to such litigation.  No assurances can be 
given with respect to the extent or outcome of any such litigation in the future. 

Item 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ National Market® under the symbol “MCHP.”  Our common stock has 
been quoted on The NASDAQ National Market since our initial public offering on March 19, 1993.  The following table sets 
forth the quarterly high and low closing prices of our common stock as reported by The NASDAQ National Market for the 
last two years. 

Fiscal 2005 

High 

Low 

Fiscal 2004 

High 

Low 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

$  32.63 
30.61 
30.63 
28.49 

$  26.80 
25.26 
26.03 
24.28 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

$  24.86 
28.19 
36.03 
34.67 

$  18.15 
23.66 
24.56 
25.29 

On May 16, 2005, there were approximately 505 holders of record of our common stock.  This figure does not reflect 

beneficial ownership of shares held in nominee names. 

We have been declaring and paying quarterly cash dividends since the third quarter of fiscal 2003.  Our total cash 
dividends paid were $43.0 million, $23.3 million and $8.1 million in fiscal 2005, fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, respectively.  
The following table sets forth our quarterly cash dividends per common share and the total amount of the dividend payment 
each quarter in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts). 

Fiscal 2005 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Dividends per 
Common  
Share 

Amount of  
Dividend  
Payment 

Dividends per 
Common  
Share 

Amount of 
Dividend 
Payment 

Fiscal 2004 

$ 

0.040 
0.046 
0.052 
0.070 

$  8,267 
9,473 
  10,752 
  14,508 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

$  0.024 
0.024 
0.030 
0.035 

$  4,893 
4,919 
6,223 
7,284 

On April 27, 2005, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.095 per share, which will be paid on June 3, 2005 to 

stockholders of record on May 13, 2005 and is estimated to be $19.8 million.  Our Board is free to change its dividend 
practices at any time and to decrease or increase the dividend paid, or not to pay a dividend, on our common stock on the 
basis of our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and future prospects, and other factors deemed 
relevant by our Board.  Our current intent is to provide for ongoing quarterly cash dividends depending upon market 
conditions and our results of operations. 

  19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth our purchases of our common stock and the information below the table designates the 

repurchase program that the shares were purchased under: 

Period 
January 1, 2005 – January 31, 2005 
February 1, 2005 – February 28, 2005 
March 1, 2005 – March 31, 2005 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 
49,300 
--- 
--- 

Average Price 
Paid per 
Share 
$  24.395 
--- 
$ 
--- 
$ 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Programs 
49,300 
--- 
--- 

Maximum Number 
of Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the Programs 
1,615,100 
1,615,100 
1,615,100 

On April 22, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2,500,000 shares of our common stock in 

the open market or privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2005, 1,615,100 shares related to this authorization 
remained available to be purchased under this program.   

Please refer to “Item 12, Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder 

Matters,” at page 42 below, for the information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K with respect to securities 
authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans at March 31, 2005. 

Item 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data for the five-year period ended March 31, 2005 in 
conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.  Our consolidated statements of 
income data for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2005, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 
2005 and 2004, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K (for 
information below all amounts are in thousands, except per share data). 

Statement of Income Data (1): 

Net sales ..................................................  
Cost of sales.............................................  
Research and development ......................  
Selling, general and administrative .........  
Special charges (2) ..................................  
Operating income ....................................  
Interest income (expense), net .................  
Other income (expense), net....................  
Net loss in equity investment (2).............  
Gain on sale of investment (2).................  
Income before income taxes ....................  
Income tax provision ...............................  
Income before cumulative effect of 
  change in accounting principle ............  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting 
  principle (3) .........................................  
Net income ..............................................  
Basic net income per common share .......  
Diluted net income per common share ....  
Dividends declared per common share....  
Basic common shares outstanding...........  
Diluted common shares outstanding........  

2005 

$  846,936 
  362,961 
93,040 
  111,188 
21,100 
  258,647 
16,864 
1,757 
--- 
--- 
  277,268 
63,483 

Year Ended March 31, 
2003 

2004 

2002 

$  699,260 
349,301 
85,389 
92,411 
865 
171,294 
4,639 
1,963 
--- 
--- 
177,896 
40,634 

$  651,462 
  299,227 
87,963 
89,355 
50,800 
  124,117 
3,344 
871 
--- 
--- 
  128,332 
28,657 

$  571,254 
  284,518 
81,650 
82,615 
--- 
  122,471 
4,344 
376 
--- 
--- 
  127,191 
32,377 

2001 

$  715,730 
  335,016 
78,595 
  102,620 
17,358 
  182,141 
12,741 
2,080 
(2,190) 
1,427 
  196,199 
53,363 

  213,785 

137,262 

99,675 

94,814 

  142,836 

--- 
--- 
--- 
11,443 
--- 
$  213,785
$   142,836 
$   94,814 
$   88,232 
$  137,262
0.74 
$ 
0.48 
$ 
0.44 
$ 
0.67 
$ 
1.03 
$ 
0.70 
$ 
0.45 
$ 
0.42 
$ 
0.65 
$ 
1.01 
$ 
$ 
  --- 
  ---  $ 
0.040  $ 
0.113  $ 
0.208  $ 
  193,632 
  206,740 
  205,190 
  211,962 

  199,184 
  208,907 

  202,483 
  210,646 

206,032 
212,172 

  20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data (1): 

Working capital .......................................  
Total assets ..............................................  
Long-term obligations, less current .........  
portion .....................................................  
Stockholders’ equity................................  

2005 
$  768,683 
 1,817,554 

2004 

$  613,894 
 1,622,143 

Year Ended March 31, 
2003 
$  393,979 
 1,428,275 

2002 
$  381,211 
  1,275,600 

2001 
$  176,936 
  1,161,349 

--- 
 1,485,734 

--- 
 1,320,517 

--- 
 1,178,949 

--- 
  1,075,779 

--- 
  942,848 

(1)  On January 16, 2001, we merged with TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. and accounted for the merger as a pooling-of-

interests.  Accordingly, the selected financial data has been restated to include the operations of TelCom for all 
periods presented.  TelCom had a December 31 fiscal year end, and we have conformed the TelCom financial data 
to a March 31 year end for the March 31, 2001 fiscal year. 

(2)  There were no special charges during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002.  Detailed discussions of the special 

charges for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are contained in Note 4 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  Detailed explanations of the special charges for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001 are 
provided below.  The following table presents a summary of special charges for the five-year period ended 
March 31, 2005: 

2005 

Year Ended March 31, 
2003 

2004 

2002 

2001 

Intellectual property settlement ......   $   21,100 
Contract cancellation, severance 
  and other costs related to Fab 1 
  closure ..........................................  
Fab 3 impairment charge................  
In-process research and    
  development charge......................  
Restructuring charges .....................  
TelCom merger charges .................  

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 

$  

--- 

$  

--- 

$  

--- 

$  

--- 

865 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
  41,500 

     9,300 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 
6,409 
  10,949 

Totals..............................................   $   21,100 

$  

865 

$   50,800 

$  

--- 

$   17,358 

(3)  We changed our revenue recognition policy as it relates to Asia regional distributors during fiscal 2003.  See 

“Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Change in 
Accounting Principle,” beginning at page 36 below, for a discussion of this change. 

Fiscal 2001 

During the March 2001 quarter, we implemented capacity and cost reduction actions necessitated by adverse business 
conditions in the semiconductor industry.  We reduced cumulative wafer fab capacity at Fabs 1 and 2 by approximately 24%, 
compared to our December 31, 2000 levels.  We also decided to close our Hong Kong test facility, acquired as part of the 
TelCom transaction, and migrate these test requirements to our Thailand test facility.  The capacity reduction at Fabs 1 and 2 
was completed by the end of the March 2001 quarter.  The closure of the Hong Kong facility was completed by June 30, 
2001.  These actions resulted in a restructuring charge of $6.4 million in the March 2001 quarter.  These actions were 
undertaken to reduce both manufacturing capacity and manufacturing costs.  The reduction in wafer fab capacity was 
required due to reduced customer demand.  The closure of the Hong Kong facility was undertaken to rationalize our test 
manufacturing capacity and migrate the test requirements to our more cost-effective test facility in Thailand.  

  21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in the restructuring charges resulting from these actions were: 

• 
• 
• 

$4.0 million related to equipment that was written off 
$2.1 million related to employee severance costs, and 
$0.3 million related to other restructuring costs.   

On January 16, 2001, we completed our merger with TelCom.  Under the terms of the merger agreement, we exchanged 

each share of TelCom common stock for 0.795 of a share of our common stock.  We issued 14,702,184 shares of our 
common stock and assumed all outstanding TelCom stock options.  The transaction was structured as a tax-free 
reorganization and has been accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. 

During the March 2001 quarter, we recognized a special charge of $10.9 million for costs associated with the TelCom 

transaction.  These costs included: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

$7.3 million associated with investment banking fees 
$1.6 million associated with legal and accounting fees 
$0.9 million of severance costs, and 
$1.1 million related to other costs. 

All reserves relating to the special charges for the fiscal 2001 actions have been fully utilized and there were no reversals 

of previously provided amounts. 

Item 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS  

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains certain forward-

looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our strategy, financial performance 
and revenue sources.  We use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “future,” “intend” and 
similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements.  Our actual results could differ materially from the results 
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors including those set forth in this Item 7, and 
under “Item 1 – Business – Additional Factors That May Affect Our Results of Operations,” beginning at page 12, above, 
and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are 
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.  You should not place undue 
reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any forward-
looking statement. 

We begin our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) with a 
summary of Microchip’s overall business strategy to give the reader an overview of the goals of our business and the overall 
direction of our business and products.  This is followed by a discussion of the Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 
that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results.  
In the next section, beginning at page 26, we discuss our Results of Operations for fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004, and 
for fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003.  We then provide an analysis of changes in our balance sheet and cash flows, and 
discuss our financial commitments in sections titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Contractual Obligations” and “Off-
Balance Sheet Arrangements.” 

This MD&A should be read in conjunction with other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Item 1 – 

Business”; “Item 6 – Selected Financial Data”; and “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Strategy 

Our goal is to be a worldwide leader in providing specialized semiconductor products for a wide variety of embedded 
control applications.  Our strategic focus is on embedded control products, which include microcontrollers, high-performance 
linear and mixed signal devices, power management and thermal management devices, and complementary microperipheral 
 security devices.  We provide highly cost-
products including interface devices, Serial EEPROMs, and our patented KEELOQ
effective embedded control products that also offer the advantages of small size, high performance, low voltage/power 
operation and ease of development, enabling timely and cost-effective embedded control product integration by our 
customers. 

  22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication and assembly and test.  The ownership of our manufacturing 
resources is an important component of our business strategy, enabling us to maintain a high level of manufacturing control 
resulting in us being one of the lowest cost producers in the embedded control industry.  By owning our wafer fabrication 
facilities and much of our assembly and test operations, and by employing proprietary statistical process control techniques, 
we have been able to achieve and maintain high production yields.  Direct control over manufacturing resources allows us to 
shorten our design and production cycles.  This control also allows us to capture the wafer manufacturing and a portion of the 
assembly and test profit margin. 

We employ proprietary design and manufacturing processes in developing our embedded control products.  We believe 

our processes afford us both cost-effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in new 
product designs.  While many of our competitors develop and optimize separate processes for their logic and memory 
product lines, we use a common process technology for both microcontroller and non-volatile memory products.  This allows 
us to more fully leverage our process research and development costs and to deliver new products to market more rapidly.  
Our engineers utilize advanced computer-aided design (CAD) tools and software to perform circuit design, simulation and 
layout, and our in-house photomask and wafer fabrication facilities enable us to rapidly verify design techniques by 
processing test wafers quickly and efficiently. 

We are committed to continuing our investment in new and enhanced products, including development systems, and in 
our design and manufacturing process technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our 
competitive position.  Our current research and development activities focus on the design of new microcontrollers, digital 
signal controllers, ASSPs, memory and mixed-signal products, new development systems, software and application-specific 
software libraries.  We are also developing new design and process technologies to achieve further cost reductions and 
performance improvements in existing products. 

We market our products worldwide primarily through a network of direct sales personnel and distributors.  Our 

distributors focus primarily on servicing the product and technical support requirements of a broad base of diverse customers.  
We believe that distributors provide an effective means of reaching this broad and diverse customer base.  Our direct sales 
force focuses primarily on major strategic accounts in three geographical markets: the Americas, Europe and Asia.  We 
currently maintain sales and support centers in major metropolitan areas in North America, Europe and Asia.  We believe that 
a strong technical service presence is essential to the continued development of the embedded control market.  Many of our 
field sales engineers (FSEs), field application engineers (FAEs), and sales management have technical degrees and have been 
previously employed in an engineering environment.  We believe that the technical knowledge of our sales force is a key 
competitive advantage in the sale of our products.  The primary mission of our FAE team is to provide technical assistance to 
strategic accounts and to conduct periodic training sessions for FSEs and distributor sales teams.  FAEs also frequently 
conduct technical seminars in major cities around the world, and work closely with our distributors to provide technical 
assistance and end-user support. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

General 

Our discussion and analysis of Microchip’s financial condition and results of operations is based upon our Consolidated 

Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  We review the accounting policies we use in reporting our financial results on a regular basis.  The 
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent liabilities.  On an ongoing basis, we evaluate 
our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, inventories, income taxes, property plant and equipment, 
impairment of property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale and litigation.  We base our estimates on historical 
experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources.  Results may differ from these estimates due to actual outcomes being different from those on which we based our 
assumptions.  We review these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis.  We believe the following critical accounting 
policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  
We also have other policies that we consider key accounting policies, such as our policy regarding revenue recognition to 
OEMs; however, we do not believe these policies require us to make estimates or judgments that are as difficult or subjective 
as our policies described below. 

  23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition -- Distributors 

Our distributors worldwide have broad rights to return products and price protection rights, so we defer revenue 
recognition until the distributor sells the product to their customers.  We reduce product pricing through price protection 
based on market conditions, competitive considerations and other factors.  Price protection is granted to third-party 
distributors on the inventory that they have on hand at the date the price protection is offered.  When we reduce the price of 
our products, it allows the distributor to claim a credit against its outstanding accounts receivable balances based on the new 
price of the inventory it has on hand as of the date of the price reduction.  There is no revenue impact from the price 
protections.  We also grant certain credits to our third-party distributors.  The credits are granted to the distributors on 
specially identified pieces of the distributors’ business to allow them to earn a competitive gross margin on the sale of our 
products to their end customers.  The credits are on a per unit basis and are not given to the distributor until they provide 
documentation of the sale to their end customer.  The effect of granting these credits establishes the net selling price from us 
to our distributors for the product and results in the net revenue recognized by us when the product is sold by the distributors 
to their end customers.  Upon shipment, amounts billed to distributors are included as accounts receivable, inventory is 
relieved, and the sale and the gross margin are deferred and are reflected as a current liability until the product is sold by the 
distributor to their customers.  We changed our revenue recognition policy as it relates to sales to Asia regional distributors 
during fiscal 2003 as described below at page 36 and in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements to conform with our 
revenue recognition policies for our distribution channels in the Americas and Europe. 

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  We write down our 
inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of 
inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.  If actual 
market conditions are less favorable than those we projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required.  Inventory 
impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges are not subsequently reversed to income even if 
circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts are recoverable.  In estimating our reserves for obsolescence, we 
primarily evaluate estimates of demand over a 12-month period and provide reserves for inventory on hand in excess of the 
estimated 12-month demand. 

Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in 
each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with 
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.  These 
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet.  We must 
then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income within the relevant 
jurisdiction and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.  We have not 
provided for a valuation allowance because we believe that it is “more likely than not” that our deferred tax assets will be 
recovered from future taxable income.  Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net 
deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such 
determination was made.  At March 31, 2005, our gross deferred tax asset was $105.1 million. 

Various taxing authorities in the United States and other countries in which we do business are increasing their scrutiny 
of various tax structures employed by businesses.  Companies of our size and complexity are regularly audited by the taxing 
authorities in the jurisdictions in which they conduct significant operations.  We are currently under audit by the United 
States Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for our fiscal years ended March 31, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001.  As part of this 
ongoing audit, the IRS has proposed certain adjustments related to positions reflected on these returns.  The IRS has issued 
formal assessments for these adjustments.  We do not agree with these adjustments and intend to appeal these assessments.  
We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate 
of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax payments are probable.  We believe that we maintain adequate tax reserves 
to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon final resolution of the pending audit through either settlement or the 
appeals process with the IRS.  We also believe that we maintain adequate tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities 
that may arise upon other audits in the United States and other countries in which we do business.  If such amounts ultimately 
prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in tax benefits being recorded in the period the 
reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be less than an ultimate assessment, a future 
charge to expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is determined.  

  24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The foregoing statements regarding the recoverability of our deferred tax asset and the adequacy of our tax reserves are 
forward-looking statements.  Actual results could differ materially because of the following factors, among others: results of 
any audit conducted by the various taxing authorities in the countries in which we do business; the level of our taxable 
income and whether our taxable income will be sufficient to realize the benefits available from our deferred tax assets; 
current and future tax laws and regulations; and taxation rates in geographic regions where we have significant operations. 

Property, Plant & Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance 
and repairs are expensed when incurred.  At March 31, 2005, the carrying value of our property and equipment totaled $693.3 
million, which represents 38.1% of our total assets.  This carrying value reflects the application of our property and 
equipment accounting policies, which incorporate estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to the useful lives of our 
property and equipment.  Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, 
which range from five to seven years on manufacturing equipment and approximately 30 years on buildings.  

We began production activities at Fab 4 on October 31, 2003.  We began to depreciate the Fab 4 assets as the assets were 

placed in service for production purposes.  As of March 31, 2005, all of the buildings and supporting facilities were being 
depreciated as well as the manufacturing equipment that had been placed in service.  All manufacturing equipment that was 
not being used in production activities was maintained in projects in process and is not being depreciated until it is placed 
into service since management believes there is no change to its utility from the present time until it is placed into productive 
service.  The lives to be used for depreciating this equipment at Fab 4 will be evaluated at such time as the assets are placed 
in service.  We do not believe that the temporary idling of such assets has impaired the estimated life or carrying values of the 
underlying assets. 

On March 31, 2005, we changed the classification of Fab 3 from an asset held-for-sale to an asset held-for-future-use.  
Fab 3 had been on the market for over two years, and we had not received any acceptable offers on the facility.  Over that 
period of time, our business had increased significantly and over the next several years we will need to begin planning for 
future wafer fabrication capacity as a larger percentage of Fab 4’s clean room capacity is utilized.  We determined that the 
appropriate action to take was to stop actively marketing the Fab 3 facility and hold it for our future use.  As a result of this 
change in classification, we had to assess the fair value of the Fab 3 asset to determine if any additional impairment charge 
was  required  upon  the  change  in  classification  from  “held-for-sale”  to  “held-for-future-use”  under  Statement  of  Financial 
Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144.  We performed a discounted cash flow analysis of the Fab 3 asset based on various 
financial  projections  in  developing  the  fair  value  estimate  given  that  it  was  the  best  available  valuation  technique  for  the 
asset.  The discounted cash flow analysis confirmed the carrying value of the Fab 3 asset at March 31, 2005 was not in excess 
of  its  fair  value.    If  indicators  of  impairment  for  the  Fab  3  assets  arise  in  the  future,  we  will  determine  if  the  sum  of  the 
estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question are less than their carrying value.  If less, we would 
recognize an impairment loss on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  We will 
begin to depreciate the Fab 3 asset in April 2005. 

The estimates, assumptions and judgments we use in the application of our property and equipment policies reflect both 

historical experience and expectations regarding future industry conditions and operations.  The use of different estimates, 
assumptions and judgments regarding the useful lives of our property and equipment and expectations regarding future 
industry conditions and operations, would likely result in materially different carrying values of assets and results of 
operations. 

We do not currently hold title to the land on which our Thailand facility resides.  The land is subject to a complex 
restructuring situation relating to the seller of the land.  We have provided reserves that we estimate will be adequate to 
obtain full title.  Such reserves are set at the estimated fair value of the land.  However, timing of the resolution is difficult to 
predict and the ultimate amount to be paid could change. 

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment  

We assess whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are present, we determine 
whether  the  sum  of  the  estimated  undiscounted  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  assets  in  question  is  less  than  their  carrying 
value.  If less, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective 
fair values.  Fair value is determined by discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods.  If the assets determined to  

  25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
be impaired are to be held and used, we recognize an impairment loss through a charge to our operating results to the extent 
the  present  value  of  anticipated  net  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  asset  are  less  than  the  asset’s  carrying  value,  which  we 
depreciate  over  the  remaining  estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset.  We  may  incur  impairment  losses,  or  additional  losses  on 
already impaired assets, in future periods if factors influencing our estimates change. 

Litigation 

Our current estimated range of liability related to certain pending litigation is based on the probable loss of claims for 

which we can estimate the amount and range of loss.  Recorded reserves were not significant at March 31, 2005.   

Because of the uncertainties related to both the probability of loss and the amount and range of loss on the remaining 
pending litigation, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an unfavorable outcome.  
As additional information becomes available, we will assess the potential liability related to our pending litigation and revise 
our estimates.  Revisions in our estimates of the potential liability could materially impact our results of operation and 
financial position. 

Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth certain operational data as a percentage of net sales for the years indicated: 

Net sales ................................................................................  
Cost of sales ..........................................................................  
Gross profit............................................................................  
Research and development....................................................  
Selling, general and administrative .......................................  
Special charges......................................................................  
Operating income ..................................................................  

Net Sales 

2005 

 100.0% 
  42.9% 
  57.1% 
  11.0% 
  13.1% 
2.5% 
  30.5% 

Year Ended March 31, 
2004 

 100.0% 
  50.0% 
  50.0% 
  12.2% 
  13.2% 
0.1% 
  24.5% 

2003 

 100.0% 
  45.9% 
  54.1% 
  13.5% 
  13.7% 
7.8% 
  19.1% 

We operate in one industry segment and engage primarily in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of 

semiconductor products.  We sell our products to distributors and OEMs in a broad range of market segments, perform 
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and generally require no collateral. 

Our net sales of $846.9 million in fiscal 2005 increased by $147.6 million, or 21.1%, over fiscal 2004, and net sales of 

$699.3 million in fiscal 2004 increased by $47.8 million, or 7.3%, over fiscal 2003.  The increases in net sales in fiscal 2005 
compared to fiscal 2004 and in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 resulted primarily from increased demand, predominantly 
for our proprietary microcontroller products. Average selling prices for our products were down approximately 4% in fiscal 
2005 over fiscal 2004 and 9% in fiscal 2004 over fiscal 2003.  The number of units of our products sold was up 
approximately 26% in fiscal 2005 over fiscal 2004 and 17% in fiscal 2004 over fiscal 2003.  The average selling prices and 
the unit volumes of our sales are impacted by the mix of our products sold.  We believe that we have continued to grow our 
percentage of market share in the embedded control market over the last three fiscal years.  Key factors in achieving the 
amount of net sales during the last three fiscal years include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

continued market share gains 
increasing semiconductor content in our customers’ products 
customers’ increasing needs for the flexibility offered by our programmable solutions 
our new product offerings that have increased our served available market, and 
increasing demand for our products. 

We recognize revenue from product sales upon shipment to OEMs.  Under our shipping terms, legal title passes to the 
customer upon shipment from Microchip.  We have no post shipment obligations.  Distributors worldwide generally have 
broad rights to return products and price protection rights, so we defer revenue recognition until the distributors sell the  

  26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
product to their customers.  Upon shipment, amounts billed to distributors are included in accounts receivable, inventory is 
relieved, the sale is deferred and the gross margin is reflected as a current liability until the product is sold by the distributors 
to their customers. 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2003, we changed our accounting policy relating to amounts billed to customers 

for shipping and handling costs to be consistent with EITF 00-10.  With this change, we have reclassified amounts billed to 
customers for shipping and handling costs from a reduction of cost of sales to revenue for the first three quarters of fiscal 
2004, and we have continued this treatment in all subsequent periods.  This reclassification had no impact on net income and 
an immaterial impact on revenues and cost of sales.  Prior year amounts have not been reclassified, as these amounts were 
immaterial. 

Sales by product line for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

2005 

Microcontrollers ....................... 
Memory products ..................... 
Analog and interface products.. 

$  674,902 
  115,120 
56,914 

% 

79.7 
13.6 
6.7 

Year Ended March 31, 
% 

2004 

2003 

% 

$  556,764 
91,640 
50,856 

79.6 
13.1 
  7.3 

$  516,383 
87,158 
47,921 

79.3 
13.4 
  7.3 

Total Sales ................................ 

$  846,936 

100.0% 

$  699,260 

100.0% 

$  651,462 

100.0% 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. 

Microcontrollers 

Our microcontroller product line represents the largest component of our total net sales.  Microcontrollers and associated 

application development systems accounted for approximately 79.7% of our total net sales in fiscal 2005, approximately 
79.6% of our total net sales in fiscal 2004 and approximately 79.3% of our total net sales in fiscal 2003.   

Net sales of our microcontroller products increased approximately 21.2% in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004, and 

increased approximately 7.8% in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003.  The increases in net sales were primarily due to 
increased demand for our microcontroller products in end markets, driven principally by market share gains and those factors 
described above under “Net Sales” at page 26.  The end markets that we serve include the automotive, communications, 
computing, consumer and industrial control markets. 

Historically, average selling prices in the semiconductor industry decrease over the life of any particular product.  The 

overall average selling prices of our microcontroller products have remained relatively constant over time due to the 
proprietary nature of these products.  We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, moderate pricing pressure 
in certain microcontroller product lines, primarily due to competitive conditions.  We have in the past been able to, and 
expect in the future to be able to, moderate average selling price declines in our microcontroller product lines by introducing 
new products with more features at higher prices.  However, we may be unable to maintain average selling prices for our 
microcontroller products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, which could adversely affect our operating 
results. 

Memory Products 

Sales of our memory products accounted for approximately 13.6% of our total net sales in fiscal 2005, approximately 

13.1% of our total net sales in fiscal 2004 and approximately 13.4% of our total net sales in fiscal 2003. 

Net sales of our memory products increased approximately 25.6% in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004, and increased 

approximately 5.1% in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003, driven primarily by customer demand conditions within the 
Serial EEPROM market, which products comprise substantially all of our memory product net sales. 

Serial EEPROM product pricing has historically been cyclical in nature, with steep price declines followed by periods of 
relative price stability, driven by changes in industry capacity at different stages of the business cycle.  During the past three 
fiscal years, we have experienced several Serial EEPROM product pricing trends, both up and down, due to market  

  27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
conditions.  We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, varying degrees of competitive pricing pressures in 
our Serial EEPROM products.  We may be unable to maintain the average selling prices of our Serial EEPROM products as a 
result of increased pricing pressure in the future, which could adversely affect our operating results.  

Analog and Interface Products 

Sales of our analog and interface products accounted for approximately 6.7% of our total net sales in fiscal 2005, 7.3% 

of our total net sales in fiscal 2004 and approximately 7.3% of our total net sales in fiscal 2003. 

Net sales of our analog and interface products increased approximately 11.9% in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004 and 

increased approximately 6.1% in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003.  The increase in net sales of our analog and interface 
products in these periods were driven primarily by new proprietary design wins, supply and demand conditions within the 
market and our ability to gain market share. 

Analog and interface products can be proprietary or non-proprietary in nature.  Currently, we consider more than half of 

our analog and interface product mix to be proprietary in nature, where prices are relatively stable, similar to the pricing 
stability experienced in our microcontroller products.  The non-proprietary portion of our analog and interface business will 
experience price fluctuations, driven primarily by the current supply and demand for those products.  We may be unable to 
maintain the average selling prices of our analog and interface products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, 
which could adversely affect our operating results.  We anticipate the proprietary portion of our analog and interface products 
to increase over time. 

Turns Orders  

Our net sales in any given quarter depend upon a combination of shipments from backlog and orders received in that 
quarter for shipment in that quarter, which we refer to as turns orders.  We measure turns orders at the beginning of a quarter 
based on the orders needed to meet the shipment targets that we set entering the quarter.  Historically, we have proven our 
ability to respond quickly to customer orders as part of our competitive strategy, resulting in customers placing orders with 
short delivery schedules.  Shorter lead times generally mean that turns orders as a percentage of our business are relatively 
high in any particular quarter and reduces our backlog visibility on future product shipments.  Turns orders correlate to 
overall semiconductor industry conditions and product lead times.  Turns orders are difficult to predict, and we may not 
experience the combination of turns orders and shipments from backlog in a quarter that would be sufficient to achieve 
anticipated net sales.  If we do not achieve a sufficient level of turns orders in a particular quarter, our net sales and operating 
results may suffer. 

The foregoing statements regarding competitive pricing pressure in our microcontroller, Serial EEPROM and analog 
and interface product lines, our ability to moderate future average selling price declines in our microcontroller product lines 
and the proprietary portion of our analog and interface product lines increasing over time are forward-looking statements.  
Actual results could differ materially because of the following factors, among others: the level of orders that are received and 
can be shipped in a quarter; changes in demand for our products and the products of our customers; the level and timing at 
which previous design wins become actual orders and sales; inventory mix and timing of customer orders; customers’ 
inventory levels, order patterns and seasonality; level of sell-through of our products through distribution in any particular 
fiscal period; our ability to ramp products into volume production; competition and competitive pressures on pricing and 
product availability; disruptions in commercial activities, or international transport or delivery occasioned by terrorist 
activity, armed conflict, war or an unexpected increase in the price of, or decrease in the supply of, oil resulting in reduced 
end-user purchases relative to expectations; impact of events outside the United States, such as the business impact of 
fluctuating currency rates or unrest or political instability; the cyclical nature of both the semiconductor industry and the 
markets addressed by our products; market acceptance of our new products and those of our customers; the financial 
condition of our customers; fluctuations in production yields, production efficiencies and overall capacity utilization; 
changes in product mix; absorption of fixed costs, labor and other fixed manufacturing costs; and general industry, economic 
and political conditions. 

  28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distribution 

Distributors accounted for 65% of our net sales in fiscal 2005, 64% of our net sales in fiscal 2004 and 60% of our net 

sales in fiscal 2003. 

Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 and 12% of our 

net sales in fiscal 2003.  Our two largest distributors accounted for 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004. 

Generally, we do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and we, or our distributors, may terminate their 
relationships with us with little or no advanced notice.  The loss of, or the disruption in the operations of, one or more of our 
distributors could reduce our future net sales in a given quarter and could result in an increase in inventory returns.   

At March 31, 2005, distributors were maintaining an average of approximately 2.3 months of inventory of our products.  

Over the past three fiscal years, the months of inventory maintained by our distributors have fluctuated between 
approximately 2.0 months and 2.8 months.  Thus, inventory levels at our distributors are at the low to moderate end of the 
range we have experienced over the last three years.  As we recognize revenue based on sell through for all of our 
distributors, we do not believe that inventory holding patterns at our distributors will materially impact our net sales.  

Distributors generally have broad-based rights to return product to us.  As revenue on distributor shipments is not 
recognized until the distributors sell our product on to their end customers, distributor returns have no impact on revenue 
recognition. 

We also grant certain credits to our third-party distributors and also offer these distributors price protection.  The credits 

are granted to the distributors on specifically identified pieces of the distributors’ business to allow them to earn a 
competitive gross margin on the sale of our products to their end customers.  The credits are on a per unit basis and are not 
given to the distributor until they provide information regarding the sale to their end customer.  The effect of granting these 
credits establishes the net selling price from us to our distributors for the products and results in the net revenue recognized 
by us when the product is sold by the distributors to their end customers. 

We reduce product pricing through price protection based on market conditions, competitive considerations and other 
factors.  Price protection is granted to third-party distributors on the inventory that they have on hand at the date the price 
protection is offered.  When we reduce the selling price of our products, it allows the distributors to claim a credit against its 
outstanding accounts receivables balances based on the new price of the inventory it has on hand as of the date of the price 
reduction.  There is no revenue recognition impact from the price protections. 

We do not offer material incentive programs to our third-party distributors. 

The foregoing statements regarding our expectation that distributors will increase their current inventory levels and our 

belief that inventory holding patterns at our distributors will not materially impact our net sales are forward-looking 
statements.  Actual results could differ materially because of the following factors, among others: the rate of recovery in the 
overall economy and the uncertainty of current economic and political conditions; changes in demand for our products and 
the products of our customers; the level and timing at which previous design wins become actual orders and sales; inventory 
mix and timing of customer orders; customers’ inventory levels, order patterns and seasonality; the impact on our business 
and customer order patterns due to major public health concerns, such as the SARS virus; level of sell-through of our 
products through distribution in any particular fiscal period; disruptions in commercial activities, or international transport 
or delivery occasioned by terrorist activity, armed conflict, war or an unexpected increase in the price of, or decrease in the 
supply of, oil resulting in reduced end-user purchases relative to expectations; impact of events outside the United States, 
such as the business impact of fluctuating currency rates or unrest or political instability; the cyclical nature of both the 
semiconductor industry and the markets addressed by our products; market acceptance of our new products and those of our 
customers; and the financial condition of our customers. 

  29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales by Geography 

Sales by geography for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended March 31, 

Americas 
Europe 
Asia 

2005 

$ 248,881 
  232,493 
  365,562 

% 

29.4 
27.4 
43.2 

2004 

$ 219,641 
  194,187 
  285,432 

% 

31.4 
27.8 
40.8 

2003 

$ 219,504 
  177,727 
  254,231 

% 

33.7 
27.3 
39.0 

Total Sales 

$ 846,936 

  100.0% 

$ 699,260 

  100.0% 

$ 651,462 

  100.0% 

Our sales to foreign customers have been predominately in Asia and Europe, which we attribute to the manufacturing 
strength in those areas for automotive, communications, computing, consumer and industrial control products.  Americas 
sales include sales to customers in the United States, Canada, Central America and South America.  Sales to customers in 
Asia have increased during the last three fiscal years due to many of our customers transitioning their manufacturing 
operations to Asia. 

Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately 73% of our net sales in fiscal 2005, and 71% of our net sales in 

fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003.  Substantially all of our foreign sales are U.S. dollar denominated. 

Sales to customers in China, including Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 16% of our net sales in fiscal 2005, 
approximately 14% of our net sales in fiscal 2004 and approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2003.  Sales to customers 
in Taiwan accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2005.  We did not have sales into any other countries 
that exceeded 10% of our net sales during the last three fiscal years. 

Gross Profit 

Our gross profit was $484.0 million in fiscal 2005, $350.0 million in fiscal 2004 and $352.2 million in fiscal 2003.  

Gross profit as a percent of sales was 57.1% in fiscal 2005, 50.0% in fiscal 2004 and 54.1% in fiscal 2003. 

The most significant factors affecting gross profit percentage over the past three fiscal years were: 

• 

• 

Improvements in capacity utilization and product absorption, which positively affected gross margin by 
$11.8 million in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004, and by $10.4 million in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 
2003. 
$31.8 million in accelerated depreciation and other costs associated with the closure of Fab 1, which negatively 
affected gross margin in fiscal 2004. 

•  Changes in period cost of sales in Fab 3 and Fab 4, our non-operational facilities at certain times during the last 
three fiscal years, which negatively impact gross margin.  Period cost of sales amounted to $3.3 million in fiscal 
2005, $18.1 million in fiscal 2004 and $13.1 million in fiscal 2003. 

•  A one-week unpaid shutdown negatively affecting gross profit by $1.7 million in fiscal 2004.  The shutdown 
occurred in the three months ended September 30, 2003 and had a negative impact on gross profit due to the 
fact that certain fixed costs including depreciation, utilities, property taxes and other ongoing costs continued 
when the factory was shut down.  There were no shutdowns in fiscal 2005 or fiscal 2003.   

Other factors that impacted gross profit percentage in the periods covered by this report include: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

continued cost reductions in wafer fabrication and assembly and test manufacturing such as new manufacturing 
technologies and more efficient manufacturing techniques 
factors impacting the average selling prices of our products 
fluctuations in the product mix of proprietary microcontroller and analog products and related Serial EEPROM 
products, and 
inventory write-offs and the sale of inventory that was previously written off. 

  30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During fiscal 2005, we operated at approximately 96% of our Fab 2 capacity, which favorably impacted gross margins 

compared to fiscal 2004.  During fiscal 2004, we operated at approximately 91% of our Fab 2 capacity, which favorably 
impacted gross margins, compared to fiscal 2003.  During fiscal 2003, we operated at approximately 85% of our cumulative 
total Fab 1 and Fab 2 capacity.  Our utilization of Fab 4’s total capacity is at relatively low levels although we are utilizing all 
of the installed equipment base.  We expect to maintain the current level of capacity utilization at Fab 2 and Fab 4 during the 
first quarter of fiscal 2006. 

The process technologies utilized impact our gross margins.  Fab 2 currently utilizes various manufacturing process 
technologies, but predominantly utilizes our 0.5 to 1.0 micron processes.  Fab 4 currently utilizes our 0.5 micron process 
technology.  We continue to transition products to more advanced process technologies to reduce future manufacturing costs.  
Since the closure of Fab 1 in June 2003, all of our production has been on 8-inch wafers.  In fiscal 2003 and the first quarter 
of fiscal 2004, approximately 80% of our production was on 8-inch wafers. 

Our overall inventory levels were $103.7 million at March 31, 2005, compared to $94.5 million at March 31, 2004 and 
$102.3 million at March 31, 2003.  We maintained 107 days of inventory on our balance sheet at March 31, 2005 compared 
to 101 days of inventory at March 31, 2004 and 128 days at March 31, 2003. 

We anticipate that our gross margins will fluctuate over time, driven primarily by the overall product mix of 

microcontroller, analog and interface and memory products and the percentage of net sales of each of these products in a 
particular quarter, as well as manufacturing yields, fixed cost absorption, capacity utilization levels, particularly those at 
Fab 4, and competitive and economic conditions.  

The foregoing statements relating to our expectation to maintain the current level of capacity utilization at Fab 2 and 

Fab 4 during the first quarter of fiscal 2006, our transition to more advanced process technologies to reduce future 
manufacturing costs and the fluctuation of gross margins over time are forward-looking statements.  Actual results could 
differ materially because of the following factors, among others: changes in demand for our products and the products of our 
customers; fluctuations in production yields, production efficiencies and overall capacity utilization; absorption of fixed 
costs, labor and other direct manufacturing costs; competition and competitive pressure on pricing; disruptions in 
commercial activities, or international transport or delivery occasioned by terrorist activity, armed conflict, war or an 
unexpected increase in the price of, or decrease in the supply of, oil resulting in reduced end-user purchases relative to 
expectations; impact of events outside the United States, such as the business impact of fluctuating currency rates or unrest 
or political instability; our ability to increase manufacturing capacity as needed; cost and availability of raw materials; 
changes in product mix; and other general industry, economic and political conditions.  

At March 31, 2005, approximately 70% of our assembly requirements were being performed in our Thailand facility, 

compared to approximately 71% as of March 31, 2004 and approximately 77% at March 31, 2003.  Third-party contractors 
located in Asia perform the balance of our assembly operations.  Substantially all of our test requirements were being 
performed in our Thailand facility over the last three fiscal years.  We believe that the assembly and test operations 
performed at our Thailand facility provide us with significant cost savings when compared to third-party contractor assembly 
and test costs, as well as increased control over these portions of the manufacturing process.   

We rely on outside wafer foundries for a small portion of our wafer fabrication requirements. 

Our use of third parties involves some reduction in our level of control over the portions of our business that we 

subcontract.  While we review the quality, delivery and cost performance of our third-party contractors, our future operating 
results could suffer if any third-party contractor is unable to maintain manufacturing yields, assembly and test yields and 
costs at approximately their current levels. 

Research and Development (R&D) 

R&D expenses for fiscal 2005 were $93.0 million, or 11.0% of sales, compared to $85.4 million, or 12.2% of sales, for 

fiscal 2004 and $88.0 million, or 13.5% of sales, for fiscal 2003.  We are committed to investing in new and enhanced 
products, including development systems software, and in our design and manufacturing process technologies.  We believe 
these investments are significant factors in maintaining our competitive position.  We expense all R&D costs as incurred.  
R&D expenses include expenditures for labor, depreciation, masks, prototype wafers, and expenses for the development of 
process technologies, new packages, and software to support new products and design environments. 

  31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R&D expenses increased $7.6 million, or 9.0%, for fiscal 2005 over fiscal 2004.  The primary reasons for the dollar 

increase in R&D costs in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004 was higher labor costs as a result of expanding our technical 
resources and increases in bonuses.  R&D expenses decreased $2.6 million, or 3.0%, for fiscal 2004 over fiscal 2003.  The 
primary reasons for the dollar decrease in R&D costs in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 were reductions in professional 
services and lower costs associated with product prototyping which were partially offset by increases in labor costs.   

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2005 were $111.2 million, or 13.1% of sales, compared to $92.4 

million, or 13.2% of sales, for fiscal 2004, and $89.4 million, or 13.7% of sales, for fiscal 2003.  Selling, general and 
administrative expenses include salary expenses related to field sales, marketing and administrative personnel, advertising 
and promotional expenditures and legal expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses also include costs related to 
our direct sales force and field applications engineers who work in sales offices worldwide to stimulate demand by assisting 
customers in the selection and use of our products. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $18.8 million, or 20.3% for fiscal 2005 over fiscal 2004.  The 

primary reasons for the dollar increases in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2005 over fiscal 2004 were 
higher labor costs as a result of expanding our internal resources, increases in bonuses, increases in travel expenses and 
increases in audit and legal services.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $3.0 million, or 3.4%, for fiscal 
2004 over fiscal 2003.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 
2004 over fiscal 2003 were increases in labor costs and travel expenses.   

Selling, general and administrative expenses fluctuate over time, primarily due to revenue and operating expense 

investment levels. 

Special Charges 

The following table presents a summary of special charges for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 

(dollars in thousands).   

Patent license settlement 
Contract cancellation, severance and 
  other costs related to Fab 1 closure 
Fab 3 impairment charge 
In-process research & development 
  charge 

Year Ended March 31,  
2004 

2003 

2005 

$  

21,100 

$ 

--- 

$  

--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 

865 
--- 

--- 

--- 
41,500 

9,300 

Totals 

$  

21,100 

$  

865 

$  

50,800 

Fiscal 2005 

Settlement with U.S. Philips Corporation 

We reached an agreement with U.S. Philips Corporation and Philips Electronics North America Corp. (together 
“Philips”) regarding patent license litigation between Philips and ourselves which had been ongoing from October 2001 to 
October 2004.  The agreement includes dismissal of the then pending litigation and the cross-license of certain patents 
between Philips and Microchip.  We recorded a special charge of $21.1 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2004 associated 
with this matter.  As part of the settlement, we licensed certain of our patents related to 8-pin microcontrollers to Philips, and 
Philips licensed its patents related to I2C serial communications to us, each on fully-paid up, non-royalty bearing worldwide 
licenses.  The definitive agreement related to this matter was finalized and executed and the cash payment was made by us to 
Philips during our fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2004. 

  32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2004 

Fab 1 Closure and Special Charges 

On April 7, 2003, we announced our intention to close our Chandler, Arizona (Fab 1) wafer fabrication facility and 
integrate certain Fab 1 personnel and processes into our Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) wafer fabrication facility.  We completed 
this integration process during the three-month period ended June 30, 2003.  The closure of Fab 1 and the integration of 
certain Fab 1 personnel into Fab 2 operations resulted in a reduction in force of 207 employees who were either directly 
involved in our manufacturing operations or provided support to Fab 1.  The detail of the charges incurred related to the 
closure of Fab 1 that were included in cost of sales for the three-month period ended June 30, 2003 is as follows (amounts in 
thousands): 

Accelerated depreciation for Fab 1 
Fab 1 related charges including severance, 
  material and other costs 

$  

30,608 

1,147 

Total charges in cost of sales 

$  

31,755 

For the quarter ended June 30, 2003, operating expense included $1,612,000 of special charges recorded principally for 
contract cancellation, severance and other costs related to the closure of Fab 1 and other actions.  We incurred $865,000 of 
such expenditures during fiscal 2004.  We reversed $747,000 of the special charges recorded in the quarter ended June 30, 
2003 in the quarter ended December 31, 2003 as a result of a favorable outcome in the settlement of a contract cancellation. 

The facility where Fab 1 is located is an integral part of our overall campus in Chandler, Arizona.  Within this same 
facility resides our wafer probe, mask making and other manufacturing related activities.  The accelerated depreciation that 
was taken only related to assets used in the wafer fabrication operations at the facility.  We have no specific plans for 
utilizing the space formerly housing the wafer fabrication operations, and intend to leave it in an idle status.  The property, 
plant and equipment that was subject to the accelerated depreciation is reflected in the gross and accumulated depreciation 
carrying values in the property, plant and equipment section of our balance sheet and related footnote disclosures. 

Fiscal 2003 

Fab 3 Impairment Charge 

We recorded a $41.5 million asset impairment charge during the quarter ended September 30, 2002, as described below. 

We acquired Fab 3, a semiconductor manufacturing facility in Puyallup, Washington, in July 2000.  The original 
purchase consisted of semiconductor manufacturing facilities and real property.  It was our intention to bring Fab 3 to 
productive readiness and commence volume production of 8-inch wafers using our 0.7 and 0.5 micron process technologies 
by August 2001.  We delayed our production start up at Fab 3 due to deteriorating business conditions in the semiconductor 
industry during fiscal 2002.  Fab 3 has never been brought to productive readiness. 

On August 23, 2002, we acquired Fab 4, a semiconductor manufacturing facility in Gresham, Oregon.  See Note 2 to the 

Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-12, below.  We decided to purchase Fab 4 instead of bringing Fab 3 to 
productive readiness because, among other things, the cost of the manufacturing equipment needed to ramp production at 
Fab 3 over the next several years was significantly higher than the total purchase price of Fab 4, and the time to bring Fab 4 
to productive readiness was significantly less than the time required to bring Fab 3 to productive readiness. 

After the acquisition of Fab 4 was completed, we undertook an analysis of the potential production capacity at Fab 4.  

The results of the production capacity analysis led us to determine that Fab 3’s capacity would not be needed in the 
foreseeable future and during the September 2002 quarter we committed to a plan to sell Fab 3.  At that time, we retained a 
third-party broker to market Fab 3 on our behalf.  Accordingly, Fab 3 was classified as an asset held-for-sale as of September 
30, 2002 and maintained that classification until the end of fiscal 2005. 

Management determined the value assigned to the assets through various methods including assistance from a third-party 

appraisal.  The independent third party used the market approach and considered sales of comparable properties in 
determining the fair value of Fab 3.  The comparable sales included eight properties, including our purchases of Fab 3 in July 
2000 and Fab 4 in August 2002.  Based on the results of this appraisal, we recorded an asset impairment charge on Fab 3 of 

  33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$36.9 million, including estimated costs to sell.  The remaining value of $60.2 million was classified as an asset held-for-sale 
and was included as a component of other current assets until March 31, 2005. 

During the quarter ended September 30, 2002, we also recorded an asset impairment charge of $4.6 million to write-
down certain excess manufacturing equipment located at Fab 3 to its net realizable value of $0.2 million.  This manufacturing 
equipment became “excess” as a result of duplicate equipment acquired in the purchase of Fab 4.  The net realizable value for 
the excess manufacturing equipment was determined based on management estimates.  Substantially all of the other 
manufacturing equipment located at Fab 3 has been transferred to and will be used in our other wafer fabrication facilities 
located in Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) and Gresham, Oregon (Fab 4). 

At March 31, 2005, we changed the classification of Fab 3 from an asset held-for-sale to an asset held-for-future use.  
Fab 3 consists of manufacturing buildings and land, with no equipment.  Fab 3 had been on the market for over two years, 
and we had not received any acceptable offers on the facility.  Over that period of time, our business has increased 
significantly and over the next several years we need to begin planning for future wafer fabrication capacity as a larger 
percentage of Fab 4’s clean room capacity is utilized.  We determined that  the appropriate action to take was to stop actively 
marketing the Fab 3 facility and hold it for our future use.  As a result of this change in classification, we had to assess the 
fair value of the Fab 3 asset to determine if any additional impairment charge was required upon the change in classification 
from “held-for-sale” to “held-for-future-use” under SFAS 144.  We performed a discounted cash flow analysis of the Fab 3 
asset based on various financial projections in developing the fair value estimate given that it was the best available valuation 
technique for the asset.  The discounted cash flow analysis confirmed the carrying value of the Fab 3 asset at March 31, 2005 
was not in excess of its fair value.  We will begin to depreciate the Fab 3 asset in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. 

PowerSmart In-Process Research and Development Charge 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2002, purchased in-process research and development of $9.3 million associated with 

our acquisition of PowerSmart, Inc. was written off at the date of the acquisition (June 5, 2002) in accordance with FASB 
Interpretation No. 4, “Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2, Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase 
Method” (“FIN 4”).  PowerSmart delivered a battery management whole product solution that improves system runtimes 
with a lower system cost for the user.  Included in the whole product solution is an application tools suite designed to speed 
up implementation during the user’s development and production.  The acquisition was intended to strengthen our position in 
battery management applications such as laptop computers, personal digital assistants, cellular telephones, digital cameras 
and camcorders. 

The assets acquired included in-process research and development for which there is no alternative future use.  Management 

determined the value assigned to this asset through various methods including assistance from third party appraisal firms in 
valuing the PowerSmart business.  As of the valuation date, there were 15 projects that were considered to be in process.  The 
values of the projects were determined based on analyses of estimated cash flows to be generated by the products that are expected 
to result from the in-process projects.  These cash flows were estimated by forecasting total revenues expected from these 
products then deducting appropriate operating expenses, cash flow adjustments and contributory asset returns to establish a 
forecast of the net return on the in-process technology.  These net returns were substantially reduced to take into account the time 
value of money and the risks associated with the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in achieving commercial readiness.  The 
above analysis resulted in $9.3 million of value assigned to acquired in-process research and development, which was expensed 
on the acquisition date.  We believe the assumptions used in valuing in-process research and development are reasonable, but are 
inherently uncertain. 

Other Income (Expense) 

Interest income in fiscal 2005 increased from interest income in fiscal 2004 as our average invested cash balances were 

at higher levels in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004, and we extended the average maturity term of our invested cash 
balances and thus earned a higher interest rate on our invested balances.  Interest income in fiscal 2004 increased from 
interest income in fiscal 2003 as our average invested cash balances were at higher levels in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 
2003. 

Provision for Income Taxes 

Provisions for income taxes reflect tax on our foreign earnings and federal and state tax on our U.S. earnings.  Our 
effective tax rate was 22.9% in fiscal 2005, 22.8% in fiscal 2004 and, 22.3% in fiscal 2003, and is lower than statutory rates 
in the United States due primarily to lower tax rates at our foreign locations and R&D tax credits.   

  34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in 
each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, together with 
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.  These 
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet.  We must 
then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax asset will be recovered from future taxable income within the relevant 
jurisdiction and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.  We have not 
provided for a valuation allowance because we believe that our deferred tax asset will be recovered from future taxable 
income.  Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an 
adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.  At March 31, 
2005 our gross deferred tax asset was $105.1 million.   

Various taxing authorities in the United States and other countries in which we do business are increasing their scrutiny 
of various tax structures employed by businesses.  Companies of our size and complexity are regularly audited by the taxing 
authorities in the jurisdictions in which they conduct significant operations.  We are currently under audit by the United 
States Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for our fiscal years ended March 31, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001.  As part of this 
ongoing audit, the IRS has proposed certain adjustments related to positions reflected on these returns.  The IRS has issued 
formal assessments for these adjustments.  We do not agree with these adjustments and intend to appeal these assessments.  
We believe that we maintain adequate tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon final resolution of 
the pending audit through either settlement or the appeals process with the IRS.  We also believe that we maintain adequate 
tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon other audits in the United States and other countries in 
which we do business.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would 
result in tax benefits being recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If such amounts ultimately 
prove to be less than an ultimate assessment, a future charge to expense would be recorded in the period in which the 
assessment is determined.  

Our Thailand manufacturing operations currently benefit from numerous tax holidays that have been granted to us by the 

Thailand government based on our investments in property, plant and equipment in Thailand.  Although our tax holidays in 
Thailand partially expired in October 2003, our manufacturing operations in Thailand are being predominantly conducted 
using equipment that was invested pursuant to tax holidays that do not begin to expire until September 2006.  The expiration 
of a portion of our tax holiday in Thailand did not have a material impact on our effective tax rate in fiscal 2004. 

The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Jobs Act"), enacted on October 22, 2004, provides for a temporary 
deduction of 85% of dividends received on certain foreign earnings repatriated during a one-year period. The deduction 
would result in an approximate 5.25% federal tax rate on the repatriated earnings. To qualify for the deduction, the earnings 
must be reinvested in the United States pursuant to a domestic reinvestment plan established by a company's chief executive 
officer and approved by the company's board of directors. Certain other criteria in the Jobs Act must be satisfied as well. The 
maximum amount of our foreign earnings that qualify for the temporary deduction is $500 million.  The one-year period for 
which we are considering the qualifying distribution is fiscal 2006. 

We are in the process of evaluating whether we will repatriate foreign earnings under the repatriation provisions of the 
Jobs Act, and if so, the amount that will be repatriated.  The range of reasonably possible amounts that we are considering for 
repatriation, which would be eligible for the temporary deduction, is zero to $500 million.  We are in the process of analyzing 
and evaluating the recently issued regulatory guidance and statutory technical corrections associated with the Jobs Act to 
determine the amount, if any, we will repatriate.  We expect to determine the amounts and sources of foreign earnings to be 
repatriated, if any, during fiscal 2006.  

We are not yet in a position to determine the impact of a qualifying repatriation, should we choose to make one, on our 

income tax expense for fiscal 2006 or the amount of our indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings.  If we were to plan to 
repatriate the maximum amount eligible for the temporary deduction, which is $500 million, from foreign earnings which 
were previously indefinitely reinvested, we estimate we would incur additional tax expense in fiscal 2006 of between $26.3 
million and $28.7 million. 

The foregoing statements regarding the recoverability of our deferred tax asset from our future taxable income, the 

adequacy of our tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon audit, the range of possible 
repatriation amounts and the estimated amount of additional tax expense are forward-looking statements.  Actual results 
could differ materially because of the following factors, among others: current and future tax laws and regulations; taxation 
rates in geographic regions where we have significant operations; results of any current or future audit conducted by the 

  35

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
U.S. Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authorities in the countries in which we do business; and the level of our 
taxable income and whether our taxable income will be sufficient to utilize our deferred tax asset. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

We had historically recognized revenue from sales to our Americas, European and multinational Asian distributors at 
Point of Sale (POS), or when those distributors sell our products to their customers, and, prior to fiscal 2003, we recognized 
revenue on sales to regional Asian distributors at Point of Purchase (POP), or when we shipped product to these distributors.   
Upon shipment, amounts billed to distributors at POS are included as accounts receivable, inventory is relieved, the sale is 
deferred and the gross margin is reflected as a current liability until the product is sold by the distributor to its customers.   

On March 18, 2003, we announced that we would change our revenue recognition policy relating to regional Asian 
distributors from POP to POS.   We believe that revenue recognition at POS for sales to distributors as our sole revenue 
recognition policy worldwide is a more reflective measure of end customer demand for our products.  To implement the 
change in revenue recognition, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $11.4 million (net of 
income taxes of $6.6 million) as of April 1, 2002, the beginning of fiscal 2003.  The cumulative effect of this change in 
accounting principle was calculated by multiplying the quantity of our inventory that the regional Asia distributors 
maintained as of April 1, 2002 by the gross margin we would realize on those sales, net of related income tax.   

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

We had $734.6 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments at March 31, 2005, an increase of $260.1 
million from the March 31, 2004 balance. The increase in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments over this time 
period is primarily attributable to our cash flows generated from operations. 

During fiscal 2005, we maintained an unsecured short-term line of credit with various financial institutions in Asia, 
which at March 31, 2005 totaled $5 million (U.S. dollar equivalent).  There were no borrowings under the foreign line of 
credit as of March 31, 2005, but an allocation of approximately $0.4 million of the available line was made, relating to import 
guarantees associated with our business in Thailand.  There are no covenants related to the foreign line of credit.  

Net cash provided from operating activities was $352.7 million for fiscal 2005, $343.1 million for fiscal 2004 and $260.2 

million for fiscal 2003. The increase in cash flow from operations was primarily due to increases in net income. 

Net cash used in investing activities was $370.7 million for fiscal 2005, $267.6 million for fiscal 2004 and $376.8 
million in fiscal 2003.  The increase in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2005 over fiscal 2004 was due to changes in 
our net purchases, sales and maturities of short-term investments.  The decrease in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 
2004 over fiscal 2003 was primarily due to the purchases of Fab 4 and PowerSmart that occurred in fiscal 2003. 

We enter into hedging transactions from time to time in an attempt to minimize our exposure to currency rate 
fluctuations.  Although none of the countries in which we conduct significant foreign operations have had a highly 
inflationary economy in the last five years, there is no assurance that inflation rates or fluctuations in foreign currency rates in 
countries where we conduct operations will not adversely affect our operating results in the future.  There were no hedges 
outstanding as of March 31, 2005. 

Our level of capital expenditures varies from time to time as a result of actual and anticipated business conditions.  
Capital expenditures were $63.2 million in fiscal 2005, $63.5 million in fiscal 2004 and $265.1 million in fiscal 2003.  The 
primary reason for the dollar decrease in capital expenditures in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 was a reduced need for 
additional capital equipment as a result of our purchase of Fab 4 during fiscal 2003.  We currently intend to spend 
approximately $55 to $60 million during the next 12 months to invest in equipment and facilities to maintain, and selectively 
increase, capacity to meet our currently anticipated needs.   

We expect to finance capital expenditures through our existing cash balances and cash flows from operations.  We 
believe that the capital expenditures anticipated to be incurred over the next 12 months will provide sufficient manufacturing 
capacity to meet our currently anticipated needs.   

Net cash used in financing activities was $18.6 million for fiscal 2005, $24.0 million for fiscal 2004 and $3.1 million for 
fiscal 2003.  Proceeds from the sale of stock, the exercise of stock options and employee purchases under our employee stock 
purchase plan were $47.2 million for fiscal 2005, $53.2 million for fiscal 2004 and $31.5 million for fiscal 2003.  Cash 

  36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
expended for the repurchase of our common stock was $68.3 million in fiscal 2005, $53.9 million in fiscal 2004 and $26.5 
million in fiscal 2003.  We had short-term borrowings of $45.5 million at March 31, 2005.  The short-term debt is a result of 
repurchase agreements that are in place with two investment firms. 

On March 11, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 2,500,000 shares of our common stock in the 
open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2005, we had repurchased the entire 2,500,000 common 
shares under this authorization for a total of $66.1 million.  On April 22, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the 
repurchase of up to an additional 2,500,000 shares of our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated 
transactions.  As of March 31, 2005, we had repurchased 884,900 common shares under this authorization for a total of $23.3 
million.  As of March 31, 2005, all but 818,332 of the purchased shares under both authorizations had been reissued to fund 
stock option exercises and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan.  The timing and amount of any future 
repurchases will depend upon market conditions and corporate considerations.   

On October 28, 2002, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved and instituted a quarterly cash dividend 

on our common stock.  The initial quarterly dividend of $0.02 per share was paid on December 6, 2003 in the amount of 
$4.0 million.  We have continued to pay quarterly dividends and have increased the amount of such dividends on a regular 
basis.  During fiscal 2004, we paid dividends in the amount of $0.113 per share for a total dividend payment of $23.3 million.  
During fiscal 2005, we paid dividends in the amount of $0.208 per share for a total dividend payment of $43.0 million.  On 
April 27, 2005, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.095 per share, which will be paid on June 3, 2005 to stockholders 
of record on May 13, 2005 and is estimated to be $19.8 million.  Our Board is free to change its dividend practices at any 
time and to decrease or increase the dividend paid, or not to pay a dividend, on our common stock on the basis of our results 
of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and future prospects, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board.  
Our current intent is to provide for ongoing quarterly cash dividends depending upon market conditions and our results of 
operations. 

We believe that our existing sources of liquidity combined with cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet 

our currently anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.  However, the semiconductor industry is capital 
intensive.  In order to remain competitive, we must constantly evaluate the need to make significant investments in capital 
equipment for both production and research and development.  We may seek additional equity or debt financing from time to 
time to maintain or expand our wafer fabrication and product assembly and test facilities, or for other purposes.  The timing 
and amount of any such financing requirements will depend on a number of factors, including demand for our products, 
changes in industry conditions, product mix, and competitive factors.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be 
available on acceptable terms, and any additional equity financing would result in incremental ownership dilution to our 
existing stockholders. 

The foregoing statements regarding our anticipated level of capital expenditures over the next 12 months, the nature of 
such expenditures, the financing and sufficiency of our capital expenditures and our belief that existing sources of liquidity 
will be sufficient to meet our requirements are forward-looking statements.  Actual results could differ materially because of 
the following factors, among others: changes in demand for our products and those of our customers; changes in utilization 
of current manufacturing capacity; unanticipated costs in continuing to ramp production at Fab 4; market acceptance of our 
products and of our customers’ products; the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and the markets addressed by our 
products; the availability and cost of raw materials, equipment and other supplies; actual levels of capital expenditures; the 
costs and outcome of any tax audit or any litigation involving intellectual property, customer or other issues; the financial 
condition of our customers and vendors; uninsured losses; and the economic, political and other conditions in the worldwide 
markets served by us. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at March 31, 2005, and the effect such 
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.  This table excludes amounts already 
recorded on our balance sheet as current liabilities at March 31, 2005 (dollars in thousands):  

  37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Less than 
1 year 

1 – 3 years 

3 – 5 years 

More than 
5 years 

Operating lease obligations 
Capital purchase obligations (1) 
Other purchase obligations and 
  commitments (2) 
Long-term debt obligations 

$   10,127 
  15,547 

$  

4,183 
  15,547 

$  

5,521 
--- 

2,950 
--- 

$  

$  

4,986 
--- 

2,281 
--- 

929 
--- 

290 
--- 

Total contractual obligations (3) 

$   31,195 

$   22,680 

$  

7,267 

$  

1,219 

$  

29 
--- 

--- 
--- 

29 

(1)  Capital purchase obligations represent commitments for construction or purchases of property, plant and 

equipment.  They are not recorded as liabilities on our balance sheet as of March 31, 2005, as we have not yet 
received the related goods or taken title to the property. 

(2)  Other purchase obligations and commitments include payments due under various types of licenses. 

(3)  Total contractual obligations do not include contractual obligations recorded on the balance sheet as current 

liabilities, or certain purchase obligations as discussed below. 

Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of raw materials and other goods and services are not included in the table 
above.  We are not able to determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as 
purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements.  For the purpose of this table, 
contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding 
on Microchip and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum 
or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.  Our purchase orders are based on our current 
manufacturing needs and are fulfilled by our vendors with short time horizons.  We do not have significant agreements for 
the purchase of raw materials or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our expected 
requirements for three months.  We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these 
contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant 
penalty. 

The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information.  Timing of 

payments and actual amounts paid may be different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services or changes to 
agreed-upon amounts for some obligations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of March 31, 2005, we are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 3(a)(4)(ii) of SEC 

Regulation S-K. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

During December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R which requires companies to measure and recognize 
compensation expense for all share-based payments at fair value.  Share-based payments include stock option grants.  We 
grant options to purchase common stock to some of our employees and directors under our stock option plan at prices equal 
to the market value of the stock on the dates the options were granted.  SFAS No. 123R is effective for us beginning April 1, 
2006.  Early adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 123R is encouraged, but not required.  We have not yet adopted this 
pronouncement and are currently evaluating the expected impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will have on our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations.  We expect the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will have an 
unfavorable impact on our consolidated results of operations and net income per common share.  SFAS No. 123R also 
requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, 
rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature.  This requirement will reduce net operating cash 
flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.  We cannot estimate what those amounts will be in the 
future because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options.  

  38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FASB Staff Position (“FSP“) No. 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation 
Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 20044” (“FSP 109-2”), provides guidance under FASB Statement No. 
109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” (“SFAS 109”) with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation 
provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Jobs Creation Act") on enterprises' income tax expense and 
deferred tax liability.  The Jobs Creation Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP 109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed 
time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or 
repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS 109.  As of March 31, 2005, we are in the process of 
evaluating whether we will repatriate any foreign earnings under the Act and, if so, the amount that we will repatriate.  
However, we do not expect to be able to complete this evaluation until later in fiscal 2006.  Accordingly, as provided for in 
FSP 109-2, we have not adjusted our tax expense or deferred tax liability to reflect the repatriation provisions of the Jobs 
Creation Act.  The Jobs Creation Act also provides a deduction for income from qualified domestic production activities, to 
be phased in from 2005 through 2010, which is intended to replace the existing extra-territorial income exclusion for foreign 
sales. In FSP 109-1, the FASB decided the deduction for qualified domestic production activities should be accounted for as 
a special deduction under SFAS 109, rather than as a rate reduction.  Accordingly, any benefit from the deduction will be 
reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on the tax return and no adjustment to deferred taxes at March 31, 
2005 is required.  

In March 2004, the FASB approved the consensus reached on the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, 
“The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”).  The Issue's 
objective is to provide guidance for identifying other-than-temporarily impaired investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new 
disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB issued a 
FSP EITF 03-1-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 until further 
notice.  The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 are effective with this annual report for fiscal 2005.  Once the FASB 
reaches a final decision on the measurement and recognition provisions, we will evaluate the impact of the adoption of the 
accounting provisions of EITF 03-1.  

In December 2004, the FASB also issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,” 
(“SFAS 151”) which will become effective for us beginning January 1, 2006.  This standard clarifies that abnormal amounts 
of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material should be expensed as incurred and not included in 
overhead. In addition, this standard requires that the allocation of fixed production overhead costs to inventory be based on 
the normal capacity of the production facilities.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on our 
financial position and results of operations, but do not believe the impact of the change will be material.  

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Our investment portfolio, consisting of fixed income securities that we hold on an available-for-sale basis, was 
$728.7 million as of March 31, 2005, and $462.9 million as of March 31, 2004.  These securities, like all fixed income 
instruments, are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates increase.  We have the ability to 
hold our fixed income investments until maturity and, therefore, we would not expect to recognize any material adverse 
impact in income or cash flows if market interest rates increase.  The following table provides information about our 
available-for-sale securities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.  We have aggregated our available-for-sale 
securities for presentation purposes since they are all very similar in nature (dollars in thousands): 

Financial instruments mature during the fiscal year ended March 31, 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Thereafter 

Available-for-sale securities 

$   76,116 

$ 81,421 

$   94,711 

$ 169,237 

$ 231,215 

  $13,174 

Weighted-average yield rate 

  2.31% 

  2.74% 

  3.01% 

  3.50% 

  4.02% 

  3.14% 

We have international operations and are thus subject to foreign currency rate fluctuations.  To date, our exposure related 

to exchange rate volatility has not been significant.  Approximately 99% of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars.  At 
times we maintain hedges of foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation.  There were no hedges 
outstanding as of March 31, 2005.  The amounts of the hedges outstanding as of March 31, 2004 were immaterial.  If foreign 
currency rates fluctuate by 15% from the rates at March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004, the effect on our financial position and 
results of operation would not be material. 

  39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the normal course of business we are routinely subjected to a variety of market risks, examples of which include, 

but are not limited to, interest rate movements and foreign currency fluctuations, as we discuss in this Item 7A, and 
collectability of accounts receivable.  We continuously assess these risks and have established policies and procedures to 
protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures.  Although we do not anticipate any material losses 
in these risk areas, no assurance can be made that material losses will not be incurred in these areas in the future. 

Item 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

The Consolidated Financial Statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) hereof are filed as part of this 

Form 10-K.  See also Index to Financial Statements, below.  

Item 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND  
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 or 

Rule 15d-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we evaluated under the supervision of our Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on this evaluation, our Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to 
ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange 
Commission rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our 
disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and 
communicated to our management. Our disclosure controls and procedures include components of our internal control over 
financial reporting. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is 
expressed at the level of reasonable assurance because a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to 

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and 
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions 
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection 
of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements. 

Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005, the end of our fiscal year.  

Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Management’s assessment included evaluation of 
such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, 
accounting policies, and our overall control environment.  This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed 
by our finance organization. 

  40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of the end of the fiscal year to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  We 
reviewed the results of management’s assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, who also audited the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements, audited management’s assessment and independently assessed the effectiveness of our internal control 
over financial reporting.  Ernst & Young LLP has issued their attestation report, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this 
Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  

During the three months ended March 31, 2005, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting 
identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

Information on the members of our Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the 

2005 annual meeting of stockholders under the captions “The Board of Directors,” and “Proposal One – Election of 
Directors.” 

Information on the composition of our audit committee and the members of our audit committee, including information 
on our audit committee financial experts, is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of 
stockholders under the caption “The Board of Directors – Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee.” 

Information on our executive officers is provided in Item I, Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Executive 

Officers” at page 11, above.   

Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is 
incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption 
“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

Information with respect to our code of ethics that applies to our directors, executive officers (including our principal 
executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer) and employees is incorporated by reference to our proxy 
statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption “Code of Ethics.”  A copy of the Code of Ethics is 
available on our website at the Investor Relations section under Mission Statement/Corporate Governance on 
www.microchip.com. 

Item 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the 

caption “Executive Compensation” in our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.  

Information with respect to director compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the 

caption “The Board of Directors – Director Compensation” in our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of 
stockholders. 

Information with respect to compensation committee interlocks and insider participation in compensation decisions is 
incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “The Board of Directors – Compensation Committee 
Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders. 

  41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Board compensation committee report on executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the 

information under the caption “Executive Compensation – Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation” in 
our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Information with respect to changes in our cumulative shareholder return on our common stock is incorporated herein by 

reference to the information under the caption “Performance Graph” in our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of 
stockholders. 

Item 12.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information with respect to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein 
by reference to the information under the caption “Executive Compensation – Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 
proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by 

reference to the information under the caption “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders, Directors and Executive 
Officers” in our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.  

Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS  

Not applicable. 

Item 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item related to principal accountant fees and services as well as related pre-approval 
policies is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” 
contained in our proxy statement for our 2005 annual meeting of stockholders. 

[The area below is left blank intentionally.] 

  42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.  

(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K: 

PART IV 

(1) 

Financial Statements: 

Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year 
period ended March 31, 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the  
three-year period ended March 31, 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-
year period ended March 31, 2005 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2) 

(3) 

Financial Statement Schedules – Applicable schedules have been omitted because 
information is included in the footnotes to the Financial Statements. 

The Exhibits filed with this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference are set 
forth in the Exhibit Index appearing on page E-1 hereof, which Exhibit Index is 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

Page No. 

F-1 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 

E-1 

(b) 

See Item 15(a)(3) above.  

(c) 

See “Index to Financial Statements” included under Item 8 to this Form 10-K.  

  43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
(Registrant) 

By: /s/ Steve Sanghi 
Steve Sanghi 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date:  May 23, 2005 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name and Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Steve Sanghi 
Steve Sanghi 

Director, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 
Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 

/s/ L.B. Day 
L.B. Day 

/s/ Matthew W. Chapman 
Matthew W. Chapman 

/s/ Wade F. Meyercord 
Wade F. Meyercord 

/s/ Gordon W. Parnell 
Gordon W. Parnell 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer (Principal Financial  
and Accounting Officer)

May 23, 2005 

May 23, 2005 

May 23, 2005 

May 23, 2005 

May 23, 2005 

May 23, 2005 

  44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 18, 
2002 between Registrant and Fujitsu 
Microelectronics, Inc. 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant, as 
amended through August 16, 2002 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger Merging ASIC 
Technical Solutions, Inc. into Microchip Technology 
Incorporated 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger Merging 
TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. with and into 
Microchip Technology Incorporated 

Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights 
Agreement, dated as of October 11, 1999, between 
Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.,  
including the Amended Certificate of Designations, 
the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of 
Rights, attached as exhibits thereto 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between 
Registrant and its directors and certain of its officers 

*Microchip Technology 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, 
effective October 2, 2004 

*Form of Notice of Grant for 2004 Equity Incentive 
Plan (including Exhibit A Stock Option Agreement) 

*Form of Notice of Grant (foreign) for 2004 Equity 
Incentive Plan (including Exhibit A Stock Option 
Agreement (foreign) 

*Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units 
for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (including Exhibit A 
Restricted Stock Units Agreement) 

*1993 Stock Option Plan, as Amended through 
August 16, 2002 

*Form of Notice of Grant For 1993 Stock Option 
Plan, with Exhibit A thereto, Form of Stock Option 
Agreement; and Exhibit B thereto, Form of Stock 
Purchase Agreement 

8-K 

000-21184 

2.1 

7/18/02 

10-Q 

10-Q 

000-21184 

000-21184 

3.1 

3.2 

11/12/02 

11/12/02 

10-K 

000-21184 

3.3 

5/15/01 

10-K 

000-21184 

3.4 

5/15/01 

8-K 

000-21184 

4.1 

10/12/99 

S-1 

33-57960 

10.1 

2/5/93 

S-8 

333-119939 

4.4 

10/25/04 

S-8 

333-119939 

4.5 

10/25/04 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.1 

11/12/02 

S-8 

333-872 

10.6 

1/23/96 

10.8 

*2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as Amended 
through August 16, 2002 

S-8 

333-99655 

10.3 

9/17/02 

X 

X 

10.9 

*Form of Executive Officer Severance Agreement 

S-8 

333-872 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.7 

10.1 

1/23/96 

2/13/98 

10.10 

10.11 

Development Agreement dated as of August 29, 
1997 by and between Registrant and the City of 
Chandler, Arizona 

Development Agreement dated as of July 17, 1997 
by and between Registrant and the City of Tempe, 
Arizona 

E-1

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.2 

2/13/98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

Addendum to Development Agreement by and 
between Registrant and the City of Tempe, Arizona, 
dated May 11, 2000 

*1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, as Amended 
Through March 3, 2003 

Form of Notice of Grant For 1997 Nonstatutory 
Stock Option Plan, with Exhibit A thereto, Form of 
Stock Option Agreement 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.14 

5/15/01 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.13 

6/5/03 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.17 

5/27/98 

10.15 

*International Employee Stock Purchase Plan as 
Amended Through March 3, 2003 

S-8 

333-103764 

4.1 

3/12/03 

10.16  Microchip Technology Inc. International Employee 

S-8 

333-119939 

4.1 

10/25/04 

Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through August 
20, 2004 

10.17  Microchip Technology Inc. Stock Purchase 

S-8 

333-119939 

4.2 

10/25/04 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

Agreement for the International Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan (including attached Form of 
Enrollment Form) 

Form of Change Form for Microchip Technology 
Inc. International Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

*Description of Registrant’s Management Incentive 
Compensation Plan 

TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. 1994 Stock Option 
Plan and forms of agreements thereunder 

TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. 2000 Nonstatutory 
Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements used 
thereunder 

Strategic Investment Program Contract dated as of 
August 15, 2002 by and between Registrant, 
Multnomah County, Oregon and City of Gresham, 
Oregon 

PowerSmart, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, 
Including Forms of Incentive Stock Option 
Agreement and Nonqualified Stock Option 
Agreement 

*Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental 
Retirement Plan 

*Amendment dated August 29, 2001 to the 
Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental 
Retirement Plan 

*Adoption Agreement to the Microchip Technology 
Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan dated 
January 1, 1997 

*Amendment Dated December 9, 1999 to the 
Adoption Agreement to the Microchip Technology 
Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 

E-2

S-8 

333-119939 

4.3 

10/25/04 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.1 

8/9/02 

S-8 

333-53876 

4.1 

1/18/01 

S-8 

333-53876 

4.4 

1/18/01 

8-K 

000-21184 

2.2 

8/23/02 

S-8 

333-96791 

4.1 

7/19/02 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.1 

12/6/02 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.2 

12/6/02 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.3 

12/6/02 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.4 

12/6/02 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.28 

21.1 

23.1 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.28 

6/5/03 

10-K 

000-21184 

24.1 

6/7/00 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

*February 3, 2003 Amendment to the Adoption 
Agreement to the Microchip Technology 
Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 

Subsidiaries of Registrant 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Power of Attorney re:  Microchip Technology 
Incorporated, the Registrant 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to  
Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to  
Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) 

Certifications Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 

*Compensation plans or arrangements in which 
directors or executive officers are eligible to 
participate 

E-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 

Item 8, Item 15(a)(1) and (2), (c) and (d) 

_________________________________ 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

EXHIBITS 

_________________________________ 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED  
AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CHANDLER, ARIZONA

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting 
  Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year 
  period ended March 31, 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year 
  period ended March 31, 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years in the 

three-year period ended March 31, 2005 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page Number 

F-1 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(in thousands, except share amounts) 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred tax assets 
Other current assets 
   Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other assets 

   Total assets 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

$

 $ 

68,730 
665,874 
113,088 
103,728 
10,828 
105,097 
8,003 
1,075,348 

693,302 
31,886 
9,289 
7,729 

105,334 
369,216
107,890
94,514 
6,884 
126,046 
74,061
883,945 

689,206
32,346 
9,698 
6,948 

$

1,817,554 

$ 

1,622,143 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Short-term debt 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
   Total current liabilities 

Pension accrual 
Deferred tax liability 

Stockholders’ equity: 

$

 $ 

45,454 
34,328 
135,153 
91,730 
306,665  

599 
24,556 

---
61,184 
124,051
84,816
270,051

871
30,704

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares; 
   no shares issued or outstanding. 
Common stock, $.001 par value; authorized 450,000,000 shares; 
   issued 208,556,546 and outstanding 207,738,214 shares at March 31, 2005; 
   issued 208,556,546 and outstanding 206,589,038 shares at March 31, 2004 
Additional paid-in capital  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
Retained earnings 
Less shares of common stock held in treasury at cost; 818,332 shares 
   at March 31, 2005 and 1,967,508 shares at March 31, 2004. 
   Net stockholders’ equity 

--- 

---

208 
532,666 
(9,718) 
984,095 

(21,517) 
1,485,734  

207
558,354
733
813,307

(52,084)
1,320,517

   Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$

1,817,554 

  $ 

1,622,143

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Year Ended March 31,  

2005 

2004 

2003 

$

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
   Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 
   Research and development 
   Selling, general and administrative 
   Special charges 

Operating income 

Other income (expense): 
   Interest income 
   Interest expense 
   Other, net 

Income before income taxes  

Income tax provision 

846,936
362,961
483,975

93,040
111,188
21,100
225,328

258,647

17,804
(940)
1,757

277,268

63,483

$

699,260 
349,301 
349,959 

85,389 
92,411 
865 
178,665 

171,294 

4,888 
(249)
1,963 

177,896 

40,634

Income before cumulative effect of change 

in accounting principle 

213,785

137,262

Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

principle, net of income tax benefit of $6,645 

---

---

 $ 

651,462 
299,227 
352,235 

87,963 
89,355 
50,800 
228,118 

124,117 

3,837 
(493)
871 

128,332 

28,657 

99,675 

11,443 

Net income 

$

213,785

$

137,262

 $ 

88,232 

Basic income per common share: 
Income before cumulative effect of change in 

accounting principle 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

principle 

Basic income per common share 

Diluted income per common share: 
Income before cumulative effect of change in 

accounting principle 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

principle 

Diluted income per common share 

Dividends declared per common share 
Weighted average common share outstanding 

Weighted average common and potential  
   common shares outstanding 

$

$

$

$

$

1.03

---
1.03

1.01

---
1.01

0.208
206,740

$

$

$

$

$

0.67

---
0.67

0.65

---
0.65

0.113
206,032

$ 

 $ 

$ 

 $ 

 $ 

0.49 

(0.05) 
0.44

0.47 

(0.05) 
0.42

0.040
202,483

211,962

212,172

210,646 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 
   Gain on sale of fixed assets 
   Loss on write-down of fixed assets 
   Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 
   Special charges: 
  Accelerated depreciation – Fab 1 

Fab 1 severance and shutdown charges 
Special charges – operating expenses 
In-process research and development 
Fab 3 impairment charge 
   Depreciation and amortization 
   Deferred income taxes 
   Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Increase in accounts receivable 
(Increase) decrease in inventory 
Increase in deferred income on shipments to distributors 
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

  Change in other assets and liabilities 

Year ended March 31, 

2005 

2004 

2003 

$

213,785

$

137,262 

 $ 

88,232

(1,224)
---
---

---
---
---
---
---
120,466
16,869
15,296

(5,198)
(9,214)
6,914
1,178
(6,162)

(1,097) 
--- 
--- 

30,608 
598 
645 
--- 
--- 
111,627 
(12,188) 
37,639 

(12,503) 
7,357 
13,828 
30,901 
(1,597) 

(555)
2,165
11,443

---
---
---
9,300
41,500
111,076
(17,101)
17,951

(13,520)
(13,230)
12,100
13,129
(2,303)

260,187

Net cash provided by operating activities 

352,710

343,080 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
   Purchases of short-term investments 
   Sales and maturities of short-term investments 
   Investment in other assets 
   Proceeds from sale of assets 
   Purchase of Fab 4 
   PowerSmart acquisition, net of cash acquired 
   Capital expenditures 

(1,061,237)
752,060
---
1,659
---
---
(63,211)

(1,291,676) 
1,085,934 
(700) 
2,329 
--- 
--- 
(63,507) 

(1,078,925)
1,023,373
(6,032)
608
(184,717)
(50,674)
(80,387)

Net cash used in investing activities 

(370,729)

(267,620) 

(376,754)

Cash flows from financing activities: 
   Payment of cash dividend 
   Repurchase of common stock 
   Proceeds from short-term borrowings 
   Proceeds from sale of common stock 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year 

(42,997)
(68,276)
45,454
47,234

(23,321) 
(53,864) 
--- 
53,150 

(18,585)

(24,035) 

(36,604)

105,334

51,425 

53,909 

(8,129)
(26,520)
---
31,528 

(3,121)

(119,688)

173,597

Cash and cash equivalents end of year 

$

68,730

$

105,334 

 $ 

53,909 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Balance at March 31, 2002 

Shares 
    200,803 

Amount 

$ 

459,504 

Shares 
173 

$ 

Amount 

(2,979) $   

(in thousands) 

Common 
Stock and Additional 
Paid-in Capital 

Common 
Stock held in 
Treasury 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 
--- 

Retained 
Earnings 

$ 

619,254  $  

Net 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 
1,075,779

Net and comprehensive income 
Exercise of stock options and assumption of stock 

options in connection with PowerSmart 
acquisition 

Employee stock purchase plan 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Treasury stock used for new issuances 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Acquisition-related unearned stock compensation, 

net of $59 of amortization 

Cash dividend 

--- 

--- 

--- 

---

3,565 
503 
--- 
(1,126) 
--- 

--- 
--- 

23,588 
8,511 
--- 
(23,107) 
17,951 

--- 
--- 
1,265 
   (1,126) 
--- 

---
---
(27,063)  
23,107 
---

71 
--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 
---

Balance at March 31, 2003 

    203,745 

486,518 

312 

(6,935)

Components of comprehensive income: 
  Net Income 
  Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale  

investments, net of $139 of tax 

Total comprehensive income 
Exercise of stock options 
Employee stock purchase plan 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Treasury stock used for new issuances 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
  options 
Unearned compensation amortization 
Cash dividend 

--- 

--- 
--- 
5,114 
477 
--- 
(780) 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
44,986 
8,154 
--- 
(18,782) 

37,639 
46 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
2,435 
(780) 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
(63,931)
18,782 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 

733 
--- 
---
---
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 

88,232    

88,232

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
 (8,120)

23,588
8,511
(27,063)
---
17,951

71
(8,120)

699,366 

1,178,949

137,262 

137,262

--- 
--- 
---
--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
---
(23,321)

733
137,995
44,986
8,154
(63,931)
---

37,639
46
(23,321)

Balance at March 31, 2004 

    208,556 

558,561 

1,967 

(52,084)

733 

813,307 

1,320,517

Components of comprehensive income: 
  Net Income 
  Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale 
investments, net of $2,068 of tax 

Total comprehensive income 
Exercise of stock options 
Employee stock purchase plan 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Treasury stock used for new issuances 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Unearned compensation amortization 
Cash dividend 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

213,785 

213,785

--- 
--- 
2,882 
452 
--- 
(3,334) 
--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 
36,831 
10,403 
--- 
(88,233) 
15,296 
16 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
2,185 
   (3,334) 
--- 
--- 
--- 

---
--- 
--- 
--- 
(57,666)
88,233 
--- 
--- 
--- 

(10,451) 
---
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
(42,997)

(10,451)
203,334
36,831
10,403
(57,666)
---
15,296
16
(42,997)

Balance at March 31, 2005 

    208,556 

$ 

532,874   

818 

 $ 

(21,517) $   

(9,718) 

$ 

984,095  $  

1,485,734

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Business 
Microchip develops and manufactures specialized semiconductor products used by its customers for a wide variety 
of  embedded  control  applications.    Microchip’s  product  portfolio  comprises  the  PICmicro®  field-programmable 
(FLASH) RISC microcontrollers, which serve 8-bit and 16-bit embedded control applications, and a broad spectrum 
of high-performance linear and mixed-signal, power management and thermal management devices.  Microchip also 
offers  complementary  microperipheral  products  including  interface  devices,  Serial  EEPROMs,  and  application-
specific  standard  products  (ASSPs).    This  synergistic  product  portfolio  targets  thousands  of  applications  and  a 
growing  demand  for  high-performance  designs  in  the  automotive,  communications,  computing,  consumer  and 
industrial control markets. 

Principles of Consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Microchip Technology Incorporated and its wholly-
owned subsidiaries (“Microchip” or the “Company”).  The Company does not have any subsidiaries in which it does 
not own 100% of the outstanding stock.  All of the Company’s subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Change in Accounting Principle 
On March 18, 2003, the Company announced that it would change its revenue recognition policy relating to regional 
Asian distributors from Point of Purchase (POP), or when the Company ships product to these distributors, to Point 
of Sale (POS), or when those distributors sell the Company’s products to their customers.  The change in accounting 
principle  is  preferable  because:  (i)  it  better  reflects  the  substance  of  end  customer  demand  for  the  Company’s 
products, and will better focus the Company on, and allow investors to better understand, end user demand trends 
for  its  products;  (ii)  it  provides  uniformity  in  the  revenue  recognition  policy  of  the  Company;  and  (iii)  the  new 
accounting method is consistent with other companies in the semiconductor industry and, therefore, provides greater 
comparability in the presentation of financial results among the Company and its peers.  To implement the change in 
revenue recognition, the Company recorded a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle charge of $11.4 
million (net of income taxes of $6.6 million) as of April 1, 2002. 

Revenue Recognition 
The Company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete, as evidenced by an agreement with the 
customer,  transfer  of  title  as  well  as  fixed  pricing  and  probable  collectability.    The  Company  recognizes  revenue 
from  product  sales  to  OEMs  upon  shipment  and  records  reserves  for  estimated  customer  returns.    Distributors 
worldwide  generally  have  broad  price  protection  and  product  return  rights,  so  the  Company  defers  revenue 
recognition until the distributor sells the product to their customer.  The Company reduces product pricing through 
price  protection  based  on  market  conditions,  competitive  considerations  and  other  factors.    Price  protection  is 
granted to third-party distributors on the inventory that they have on hand at the date the price protection is offered.  
When the Company reduces the price of its products, it allows the distributor to claim a credit against its outstanding 
accounts  receivable  balances  based  on  the  new  price  of  the  inventory  it  has  on  hand  as  of  the  date  of  the  price 
reduction.  There is no revenue impact from the price protections.  The Company also grants certain credits to its 
third-party distributors.  The credits are granted to the distributors on specially identified pieces of the distributors’ 
business  to  allow  them  to  earn  a  competitive  gross  margin  on  the  sale  of  the  Company’s  products  to  their  end 
customers.    The  credits  are  on  a  per unit  basis  and  are not  given  to  the  distributor until  they  provide  information 
regarding the sale to their end customer.  The effect of granting these credits establishes the net selling price from 
the Company to its distributors for the product and results in the net revenue recognized by the Company when the 
product  is  sold  by  the  distributors  to  their  end  customers.    Upon  shipment,  amounts  billed  to  distributors  are 
included as accounts receivable, inventory is relieved, the sale and the gross margin are deferred and reflected as a 
current liability until the product is sold by the distributor to its customers.  Shipping charges billed to customers are 
included in net sales, and the related shipping costs are included in cost of sales. 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product Warranty 
The  Company  generally  sells  products  with  a  limited  warranty  related  to  product  quality  and  a  limited 
indemnification of customers against intellectual property infringement claims related to the Company’s products.  
Due to comprehensive product testing, the short time between product shipment and the detection and correction of 
product  failures,  and  a  low  historical  rate  of  payments  on  indemnification  claims,  the  accrual  based  on  historical 
activity and the related expense were not significant as of and for the fiscal years presented. 

Advertising Costs 
The  Company  expenses  all  advertising  costs  as  incurred.    Advertising  costs  were  not  material  in  the  years  ended 
March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. 

Research and Development 
Research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.    Research  and  development  expenses  include 
expenditures  for  labor,  masks,  prototype  wafers,  and  expenses  for  development  of  process  technologies,  new 
packages, and software to support new products and design environments. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Forward Contracts 
The Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be extensions of the U.S. Company and any translation gains 
and losses related to these subsidiaries are included in other income and expense.  As the U.S. dollar is utilized as 
the functional currency, gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions (transactions denominated in a 
currency other than the subsidiaries’ functional currency) are also included in income.  Gains and losses associated 
with  currency  rate  changes  on  forward  contracts  are  recorded  currently  in  income.    These  gains  and  losses  have 
historically been immaterial to the Company’s financial statements. 

Income Taxes 
As  part  of  the  process  of  preparing  its  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  is  required  to  estimate  its 
income  taxes  in  each  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  it  operates.    This  process  involves  estimating  the  Company’s 
actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items 
for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included 
within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  The Company must then assess the likelihood that its deferred 
tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent it believes that recovery is not likely, it 
must  establish  a  valuation  allowance.    The  Company  has  not  provided  for  a  valuation  allowance  because 
management currently believes that it is “more likely than not” that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from 
future taxable income.   

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
All highly liquid investments, including marketable securities purchased with a remaining maturity of three months 
or less when acquired are considered to be cash equivalents. 

Short-Term Investments 
The  Company’s  investments  are  classified  as  available-for-sale.  The  Company  defines  short-term  investments  as 
income yielding securities, which can be readily converted to cash. Short-term investments consist of government 
agency bonds, municipal bonds, corporate preferred stock, state student loan bonds and fixed rate annuity contracts.  
These  investments  are  carried  at  fair  value  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  reported  in  stockholders’  equity. 
Realized  gains  and  losses  are  included  in  interest  income.  The  cost  of  securities  sold  is  based  upon  the  specific 
identification method.   

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its 
customers  to  make  required  payments,  which  is  included  in  bad  debt  expense.    The  Company  determines  the 
adequacy of this allowance by regularly reviewing the composition of its accounts receivable aging and evaluating 
individual  customer  receivables,  considering  such  customer’s  financial  condition,  credit  history  and  current 
economic conditions.   

Inventories 
Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO)  method.    The  Company 
writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference 
between  the  cost  of  inventory  and  the  estimated  market  value  based  upon  assumptions  about  future  demand  and 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
market conditions.  If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the Company, additional 
inventory write-downs may be required.  Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and 
charges are not subsequently reversed to income even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts 
are  recoverable.    In  estimating  reserves  for  obsolescence,  the  Company  primarily  evaluates  estimates  of  demand 
over a 12-month period and provides reserves for inventory on hand in excess of the estimated 12-month demand. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 
Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.    Major  renewals  and  improvements  are  capitalized,  while 
maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.  The Company’s property and equipment accounting policies 
incorporate  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  relative  to  the  useful  lives  of  its  property  and  equipment.  
Depreciation is provided for assets placed in service on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the 
relative  assets,  which  range  from  3  to  30  years.    The  Company  evaluates  the  carrying  value  of  its  property  and 
equipment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may be impaired.  
Asset impairment evaluations are, by nature, highly subjective. 

Litigation 
The  Company’s  estimated  range  of  liability  related  to  certain  pending  litigation  is  based  on  claims  for  which 
management believes a loss is probable and it can estimate the amount or range of loss.  Because of the uncertainties 
related to both the amount and range of the loss on the remaining pending litigation, the Company is unable to make 
a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  liability  that  could  result  from  an  unfavorable  outcome.    As  additional  information 
becomes  available,  the  Company  will  assess  the  potential  liability  related  to  its  pending  litigation  and  revise  its 
estimates, if necessary.   

Goodwill 
Goodwill  is  recorded  when  the  purchase  price  paid  for  an  acquisition  exceeds  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  net 
identified  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired.    The  Company  is  required  to  perform  an  annual  impairment 
review, and more frequently under certain circumstances.  The goodwill is subjected to this test during the fourth 
quarter of the Company’s fiscal year.  The Company engages primarily in the design, development, manufacture and 
marketing  of  semiconductor  products  and,  as  a  result,  the  Company  concluded  there  is  one  reporting  unit.    The 
impairment  review  process  compares  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  to  its  carrying  value.    If  the  Company 
determines  through  the  impairment  process  that  goodwill  has  been  impaired,  the  Company  will  record  the 
impairment charge in the statement of income.  As of March 31, 2005, there was no impairment charge related to 
goodwill.  There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 
The  Company  assesses  whether  indicators  of  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  are  present.    If  such  indicators  are 
present,  the  Company  determines  whether  the  sum  of  the  estimated  undiscounted  cash  flows  attributable  to  the 
assets in question is less than their carrying value.  If less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the 
excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  Fair value is determined by discounted 
future cash flows, appraisals or other methods.  If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the 
Company  recognizes  an  impairment  loss  through  a  charge  to  operating  results  to  the  extent  the  present  value  of 
anticipated  net  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  asset  are  less  than  the  asset’s  carrying  value.    The  Company  would 
depreciate the remaining value over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. 

Share-Based Payment 
The Company grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to certain employees and directors with an exercise 
price equal to the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant.  The Company accounts for stock option grants 
in  accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  (“APB”)  No.  25,  “Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to 
Employees” and related Interpretations, and, accordingly, recognizes no compensation expense for the stock option 
grants. 

The following table represents the effect on net income and earnings per share (shown in thousands, except for per 
share  amounts)  if  the  Company  had  applied  the  fair  value  based  method  and  recognition  provisions  of  SFAS 
No. 123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,”  to  share-based  employee  and  director  compensation.    For 
purposes  of  this  pro  forma  disclosure,  the  value  of  the  options  is  estimated  using  a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing 
model  and  amortized  ratably  to  expense  over  the  options’  vesting  periods.    Because  the  estimated  value  is 
determined  as  of  the  date  of  grant,  the  actual  value  ultimately  realized  by  the  employee  may  be  significantly 
different. 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended March 31,  
2004 

2003 

2005 

Net income, as reported 

$ 

213,785 

$ 

137,262 

$ 

88,232

Deduct:  Total share-based employee 
compensation expense determined under fair value 
methods for all awards, net of related tax effects 

Pro forma net income 
Net income per common share: 

Basic, as reported 
Basic, pro forma 
Diluted, as reported 
Diluted, pro forma 

Weighted average shares used in computation: 

Basic 
Diluted 

37,211 
176,574 

36,821 
100,441 

$ 

1.03 
0.85 
1.01 
0.83 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

0.67 
0.49 
0.65 
0.47 

36,151
52,081

0.44
0.26
0.42
0.25

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

206,740 
211,962 

206,032 
212,172 

202,483
210,646

See Note 17 for further discussion of the Company’s equity incentive plan. 

At a meeting held on February 17, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of 
Directors of the Company approved the acceleration of the vesting of certain Company stock options with an option 
price of $27.153 per share or greater.  The purpose of the accelerated vesting was to enable the Company to avoid 
recognizing  in  its  income  statement  compensation  expense  associated  with  these  options  in  future  periods,  upon 
adoption of SFAS No. 123R (Share-Based Payment) in April 2006.  The pre-tax charge to be avoided amounts to 
approximately $13.7 million and represents the fair value of the unvested awards as of the date of the acceleration as 
determined  under  SFAS  No.  123.    This  amount  would  otherwise  have  been  required  to  be  recognized  as 
compensation  expense  over  the  vesting  period  upon  adoption  of  SFAS  No.  123R.    As  a  result  of  the  accelerated 
vesting, approximately 2.3 million option shares or 25.4% of the total number of the outstanding unvested option 
shares  with  varying  remaining  vesting  schedules  became  immediately  exercisable.    In  order  to  help  avoid 
unintended personal benefits to the holders of the accelerated options, any shares received through the exercise of 
accelerated options may not be sold by the option holder until the first to occur of the original vesting date of the 
accelerated option or the termination of the employment  of the option holder.  In connection with the accelerated 
vesting, each option agreement underlying such options was amended.  As of the date of the acceleration, the fair 
market value of the Company’s common stock was below the option price of the accelerated options in all material 
respects, so no APB 25 charges were incurred and future potential charges are immaterial. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk 
Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of 
investments in debt securities and trade receivables.  The Company generally places its investments with high-credit 
quality  counterparties.    Investments  in  debt  securities  with  original  maturities  of  greater  than  six  months  consist 
primarily  of  AAA  rated  financial  instruments  and  counterparties.    The  Company’s  investments  are  primarily  in 
direct obligations of the United States government or its agencies. 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are generally not significant due to the diversity of 
the  Company’s  customers  and  geographic  sales  areas.    The  Company  sells  its  products  primarily  to  OEMs  and 
distributors in the Americas, Europe and Asia.  The company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ 
financial condition and requires collateral, primarily letters of credit, as deemed necessary.  No single end customer 
accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  net  sales  or  accounts  receivable  balances  during  the  years  ended 
March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.  The Company had two distributors that accounted for more than 10% of its net 
sales in the year ended March 31, 2005.  See Note 19, Geographic Information, for additional information on the 
Company’s largest distributors. 

Use of Estimates 
The  Company  has  made  a  number  of  estimates  and  assumptions  relating  to  the  reporting  of  assets,  liabilities, 
revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the consolidated financial  

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.  Actual results could differ from 
those estimates. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 
During  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  123R,  which  requires  companies  to  measure  and  recognize 
compensation expense for all share-based payments at fair value.  Share-based payments include stock option grants.  
The  Company  grants  options  to  purchase  common  stock to  some  of  our  employees  and  directors under our  stock 
option plan at prices equal to the market value of the stock on the dates the options were granted.  SFAS No. 123R is 
effective  for  the  Company  beginning  April  1,  2006.    Early  adoption  of  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123R  is 
encouraged, but not required.  The Company has not yet adopted this pronouncement and is currently evaluating the 
expected impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will have on our consolidated financial position and results of 
operations.  The adoption of SFAS No. 123R is expected to have an unfavorable impact on the consolidated results 
of operations and net income per common share.  SFAS No. 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in 
excess  of  recognized  compensation  cost  to  be  reported  as  a  financing  cash  flow,  rather  than  as  an  operating  cash 
flow  as  required  under  current  literature.    This  requirement  will  reduce  net  operating  cash  flows  and  increase  net 
financing  cash  flows  in periods  after  adoption.    The  Company  cannot  estimate  what  those  amounts will  be  in  the 
future because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options. 

FASB  Staff  Position  ("FSP")  No.  109-2,  "Accounting  and  Disclosure  Guidance  for  the  Foreign  Earnings 
Repatriation  Provision  within  the  American  Jobs  Creation  Act  of  2004"  ("FSP  109-2"),  provides  guidance  under 
FASB  Statement  No.  109,  "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,"  (“SFAS  No.  109”)  with  respect  to  recording  the 
potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Jobs Creation Act") 
on enterprises' income tax expense and deferred tax liability.  The Jobs Creation Act was enacted on October 22, 
2004.  FSP  109-2  states  that  an  enterprise  is  allowed  time  beyond  the  financial  reporting  period  of  enactment  to 
evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of 
applying  SFAS  No.  109.    As  of  March  31,  2005,  the  Company  is  in  the  process  of  evaluating  whether  it  will 
repatriate any foreign earnings and, if so, the amount that it will repatriate.  However, the Company does not expect 
to  be  able  to  complete  this  evaluation  until  later  in  fiscal  2006.    Accordingly,  as  provided  for  in  FSP  109-2,  the 
Company has not adjusted our tax expense or deferred tax liability to reflect the repatriation provisions of the Jobs 
Creation  Act.    The  Jobs  Creation  Act  also  provides  a  deduction  for  income  from  qualified  domestic  production 
activities, to be phased in from 2005 through 2010, which is intended to replace the existing extra-territorial income 
exclusion  for  foreign  sales.  In  FSP  109-1,  the  FASB  decided  the  deduction  for  qualified  domestic  production 
activities  should  be  accounted  for  as  a  special  deduction  under  SFAS  No.  109,  rather  than  as  a  rate  reduction.  
Accordingly, any benefit from the deduction will be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on the 
tax return and no adjustment to deferred taxes at March 31, 2005, is required.  

In  March  2004,  the  FASB  approved  the  consensus  reached  on  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (EITF)  Issue 
No. 03-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments" (“EITF 
03-1”).    The  Issue's  objective  is  to  provide  guidance  for  identifying  other-than-temporarily  impaired  investments. 
EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. In 
September  2004,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  EITF  03-1-1  that  delays  the  effective  date  of  the  measurement  and 
recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 until further notice.  The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 are effective with 
this  annual  report  for  fiscal  2005.    Once  the  FASB  reaches  a  final  decision  on  the  measurement  and  recognition 
provisions, the Company will evaluate the impact of the adoption of the accounting provisions of EITF 03-1.  

In  December  2004,  the  FASB  also  issued  SFAS  No.  151,  "Inventory  Costs,  an  amendment  of  ARB  No.  43, 
Chapter 4," which will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2006.  This standard clarifies that 
abnormal  amounts  of  idle  facility  expense,  freight,  handling  costs  and  wasted  material  should  be  expensed  as 
incurred  and  not  included  in  overhead.    In  addition,  this  standard  requires  that  the  allocation  of  fixed  production 
overhead costs to inventory be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.  The Company is currently 
evaluating  the  potential  impact  of  this  standard  on  its  financial  position  and  results  of  operations,  but  does  not 
believe the impact of the change will be material.  

Reclassifications 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. 

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. 

ACQUISITION OF GRESHAM, OREGON WAFER FABRICATION FACILITY 

On  August  23,  2002,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  a  semiconductor  manufacturing  complex  in 
Gresham,  Oregon.    The  Company  acquired  the  facility  for  $183.5  million  in  cash  plus  direct  acquisition  costs  of 
approximately  $1.2  million.    The  facility  is  situated  on  an  approximately  140-acre  campus  east  of  Portland  and 
comprises approximately 826,500 square feet.  The facility came equipped with approximately 350 process tools and 
170 support tools.  The Company is currently producing 8-inch wafers on its 0.5 micron process technology at the 
Gresham  facility.    The  facility  also  houses  offices,  meeting  rooms  and  support  functions.    The  Company  began 
production activities on October 31, 2003 at this facility.  As of March 31, 2005, all of the buildings and supporting 
facilities  were  being  depreciated  as  well  as  the  manufacturing  equipment  that  had  been  placed  in  service.    All 
manufacturing  equipment  that  was  not  being  used  in  production  activities  was  maintained  in  projects  in  process 
since  the  Company  believes  there  is  no  change  to  their  utility  from  the  present  time  until  they  are  placed  into 
productive service.  The lives to be used for depreciating this equipment at this facility will be evaluated at such time 
as  the  assets  are  placed  in  service.    The  temporary  idling  of  such  assets  has  not  impaired  the  estimated  life  or 
carrying values of the underlying assets. 

3. 

ACQUISITION OF POWERSMART, INC. 

On June 5, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of PowerSmart, Inc. in which the Company acquired all of 
PowerSmart’s outstanding capital stock and assumed certain stock options for consideration of $54.0 million in cash 
plus  other  acquisition-related  costs  of  $1.2  million.    The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  purchase  business 
combination  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  141,  Business  Combinations,  and  accordingly,  the  results  of 
PowerSmart’s operations are included in the Company’s consolidated results from the date of the acquisition.  The 
acquisition was not considered significant under the rules and regulations of the SEC (Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X). 

The  purchase  price  was  allocated  among  PowerSmart’s  tangible  and  intangible  assets,  in-process  research  and 
development  and  goodwill.    Management  determined  the  value  assigned  to  the  assets  acquired  through  various 
methods including assistance from a third-party appraisal.  An allocation of $9.3 million of the purchase price was 
assigned to in-process research and development and was written off at the date of the acquisition.  The amount paid 
in  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  net  tangible  assets  has  been  allocated  to  separately  identifiable  intangible  assets 
based upon an independent valuation analysis.  An allocation of $5.6 million of the purchase price was made to core 
technology  and  other  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  is  being  amortized  over  an  estimated  useful  life  of  seven 
years.    An  allocation  of  approximately  $32.3  million  of  the  purchase  price  was  made  to  goodwill.    None  of  the 
goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.  The goodwill related to the PowerSmart acquisition was reduced by $0.4 
million  to  $31.9  million  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2005  due  to  a  favorable  settlement  of  a  liability  that  was 
recorded as of the original acquisition date. 

The  Company  records  acquisition-related  purchase  consideration  as  unearned  stock-based  compensation.    During 
the  year  ended  March  31,  2003,  the  Company  recorded  unearned  stock-based  compensation  of  $130,000.    The 
unearned  stock-based  compensation  includes  the  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  assumed  in  connection  with  the 
acquisition  of  PowerSmart  that  is  earned  as  the  employees  provide  future  services.    The  compensation  is  being 
recognized over the period earned, and the expense is included in the amortization of acquisition-related intangibles 
and  costs.   Amortization  of  unearned  stock  compensation  was $16,000  in  fiscal  2005,  $46,000  in  fiscal  2004  and 
$59,000 in fiscal 2003. 

The  acquisition  was  intended  to  strengthen  the  Company’s  position  in  battery  management  applications  such  as 
laptop computers, personal digital assistants, cellular telephones, digital cameras and camcorders. 

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. 

SPECIAL CHARGES 

The components of special charges are (in thousands): 

Patent license settlement 
Contract cancellation, severance and other 

costs related to Fab 1 closure 

Fab 3 impairment charge 
In-process research and development 

Year Ended March 31, 
2004 

2003 

2005 

$ 

21,100 

$ 

---  $ 

--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 

865 
--- 
--- 

--- 
41,500 
9,300 

Totals 

$ 

21,100  $ 

865  $ 

50,800 

Fiscal 2005 
Settlement with U.S. Philips Corporation 

The  Company  reached  an  agreement  with  U.S.  Philips  Corporation  and  Philips  Electronics  North America  Corp. 
(together  “Philips”)  regarding  patent  license  litigation  with  Philips  which  was  ongoing  from  October  2001  to 
October  2004.    The  agreement  included  dismissal  of  the  then  pending  litigation  and  the  cross-license  of  certain 
patents between Philips and the Company.  The Company recorded a special charge of $21.1 million in the quarter 
that ended June 30, 2004 associated with this matter.  Pursuant to this cross-license, the Company licensed certain of 
its  patents  related  to  8-pin  microcontrollers  to  Philips,  and  Philips  licensed  its  patents  related  to  I2C  serial 
communications  to  the  Company,  each  on  fully-paid  up,  non-royalty  bearing  worldwide  licenses.    The  Company 
finalized  and  executed  the  definitive  settlement  agreement  related  to  this  matter  and  made  the  cash  payment  to 
Philips during the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2004. 

Fiscal 2004 
Closure of Fab 1 

On  April  7,  2003,  the  Company  announced  its  intention  to  close  its  Chandler,  Arizona  (Fab  1)  wafer  fabrication 
facility  and  integrate  certain  Fab  1  personnel  and  processes  into  its  Tempe,  Arizona  (Fab  2)  wafer  fabrication 
facility.  The Company completed this integration process during the three-month period ended June 30, 2003.  The 
closure of Fab 1 and the integration of certain Fab 1 personnel into Fab 2 operations resulted in a reduction in force 
of  207  employees  who  were  either  directly  involved  in  the  Company’s  manufacturing  operations  or  provided 
support functions to Fab 1.  The detail of the charges incurred related to the closure of Fab 1 that were included in 
cost of sales for the three-month period ended June 30, 2003 is as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Accelerated depreciation for Fab 1 
Fab 1 related charges including severance, 
  material and other costs 
Total charges in cost of sales 

$  30,608 

1,147 
$  31,755 

The  facility  where  Fab  1  was  located  is  an  integral  part  of  the  Company’s  overall  campus  in  Chandler,  Arizona.  
Within  this  same  facility  resides  the  Company’s  wafer  probe,  mask  making  and  other  manufacturing  related 
activities.    Consequently  it  is  not  possible  to  abandon  or  otherwise  dispose  of  this  facility.    The  accelerated 
depreciation  that  was  taken  only  related  to  assets  used  in  the  wafer  fabrication  operations  at  the  facility.    The 
Company has no specific plans for utilizing the space formerly housing the wafer fabrication operations, and intends 
to  leave  it  in  an  idle  state.    The  property,  plant  and  equipment  that  was  subject  to  the  accelerated  depreciation  is 
reflected in the gross and accumulated depreciation carrying values in the property, plant and equipment section of 
the Company’s balance sheet and related footnote disclosures. 

The  Company  incurred  $865,000  of  special  charges  recorded  principally  for  contract  cancellation,  severance  and 
other costs related to the closure of Fab 1 and other actions. 

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2003 
Fab 3 Impairment Charge 

The Company recorded a $41.5 million asset impairment charge during the quarter ended September 30, 2002, as 
described below. 

The  Company  acquired  a  semiconductor  manufacturing  facility  in  Puyallup,  Washington,  referred  to  as  Fab  3,  in 
July 2000.  The original purchase consisted of semiconductor manufacturing facilities and real property.  It was the 
Company’s  intention  to  bring  Fab  3  to  productive  readiness  and  commence  volume  production  of  8-inch  wafers 
using its 0.7 and 0.5 micron process technologies by August 2001.  The Company delayed its intended production 
start up at Fab 3 due to deteriorating business conditions in the semiconductor industry during fiscal 2002.  Fab 3 
has never been brought to productive readiness. 
As  is  described  in  Note  2,  in  August  2002  the  Company  acquired  a  semiconductor  manufacturing  facility  in 
Gresham, Oregon, referred to as Fab 4.  After the acquisition of Fab 4 was completed, the Company undertook an 
analysis of the potential production capacity at Fab 4.  The results of the production capacity analysis at that time led 
the Company to determine that Fab 3’s capacity would not be needed in the foreseeable future and during the second 
quarter of fiscal 2003 the Company committed to a plan to sell Fab 3.  The Company subsequently retained a third-
party  broker  to  market  Fab  3  on  its  behalf  and  began  actively  seeking  potential  buyers.    Accordingly,  Fab  3  was 
classified as an asset held-for-sale as of September 30, 2002 and maintained that classification until March 31, 2005. 

Management determined the value assigned to the Fab 3 assets through various methods including assistance from a 
third-party  appraisal.    The  independent  third  party  used  the  market  approach  and  considered  sales  of  comparable 
properties  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  Fab  3.    The  comparable  sales  included  eight  properties,  including  the 
Company’s purchases of Fab 3 in July 2000 and Fab 4 in August 2002.  Based on the results of this appraisal, the 
Company  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  on  Fab  3  of  $36.9  million,  including  estimated  costs  to  sell.    The 
remaining value of $60.2 million was classified as an asset held-for-sale and was included as a component of other 
current assets until March 31, 2005. 

During the quarter ended September 30, 2002, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $4.6 million to 
write-down certain excess manufacturing equipment located at Fab 3 to its net realizable value of $0.2 million.  This 
manufacturing  equipment  became  “excess”  as  a  result  of  duplicate  equipment  acquired  in  the  purchase  of  Fab  4.  
The net realizable value for the excess manufacturing equipment was determined based on management estimates.  
Substantially all of the other manufacturing equipment located at Fab 3 has been transferred to and will be used in 
the Company’s other wafer fabrication facilities located in Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) and Gresham, Oregon (Fab 4). 

At March 31, 2005, the Company changed the classification of Fab 3 from an asset held-for-sale to an asset held-for-
future-use.   Fab 3 had  been on  the  market for over  two  years,  and  the Company  had not received  any  acceptable 
offers on  the facility.    Over  that  period  of  time,  the  Company’s business  had  increased  significantly  and over  the 
next  several  years  the  Company  will  need  to  begin  planning  for  future  wafer  fabrication  capacity  as  a  larger 
percentage of Fab 4’s clean room capacity is utilized.  The Company determined that the appropriate action to take 
was  to  stop  actively  marketing  the  Fab  3  facility  and  hold  it  for  its  future  use.    As  a  result  of  this  change  in 
classification, the Company had to assess the fair value of the Fab 3 asset to determine if any additional impairment 
charge was required upon the change in classification from “held-for-sale” to “held-for-future-use” under SFAS 144.  
The Company performed a discounted cash flow analysis of the Fab 3 asset based on various financial projections in 
developing  the  fair  value  estimate  given  that  it  was  the  best  available  valuation  technique  for  the  asset.    The 
discounted cash flow analysis confirmed the carrying value of the Fab 3 asset at March 31, 2005 was not in excess 
of its fair value.  The Company will begin to depreciate the Fab 3 asset in April 2005. 

PowerSmart In-Process Research and Development Charge 

As described in Note 3, an allocation of $9.3 million of the purchase price was assigned to in-process research and 
development  and  was  written  off  at  the  date  of  the  acquisition  in  accordance  with  FASB  Interpretation  No.  4, 
“Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2, Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method.” 

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. 

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS 

The  Company’s  short-term  investments  are  intended  to  establish  a  high-quality  portfolio  that  preserves  principal, 
meets  liquidity  needs,  avoids  inappropriate  concentrations  and  delivers  an  appropriate  yield  in  relationship  to  the 
Company’s investment guidelines and market conditions. Short-term investments consist of corporate and various 
government agency and municipal debt securities.  Management classifies the Company’s short-term investments as 
available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in 
stockholders’ equity.  Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, if any, are 
included in operations.  A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is deemed to 
be other than temporary, results in an impairment in the fair value of the investment.  The impairment is charged to 
earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established.  Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over 
the life of the related available-for-sale security.  Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.  The 
cost of security sold is calculated using the specific identification method.  The following is a summary of available-
for-sale securities at March 31, 2005 (amounts in thousands):  

Government agency bonds 
Municipal bonds 
Corporate preferred stock 

Adjusted 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated  
Fair Value 

$  639,720  $   

  3,626 
  34,175 

$  677,521  $   

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

$    11,601 
46 
--- 
$    11,647 

$    628,119 
3,580 
34,175 
$    665,874 

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2004 (amounts in thousands): 

State student loan bonds 
Government agency bonds 
Municipal bonds 
Corporate preferred stock 
Fixed rate annuity contracts 

Adjusted 
Cost 

$    15,600 
  338,491 
  3,706 
  3,000 
  7,547 

$  368,344  $   

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated  
Fair Value 

$   

--- 
872 
--- 
--- 
--- 
872 

$   

$   

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

$   

15,600 
  339,363 
3,706 
3,000 
7,547 
$    369,216 

The Company’s unrealized losses of $11.6 million were due to fluctuations in interest rates.  Management does not 
believe  any  of  the  unrealized  losses  represented  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  based  on  its  evaluation  of 
available evidence as of March 31, 2005. 

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2005,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  gross  realized  gains  or  losses  on  sales  of 
available-for-sale  securities.    During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  a  gross  realized  gain  of 
$8,000 on sales of available-for-sale securities.   

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2005, by maturity, are 
shown below (amounts in thousands).  Expected maturities can differ from contractual maturities because the issuers 
of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties, and the Company views its 
available-for-sale securities as available for current operations.  

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale 
  Due in one year or less 
  Due after one year and through five years 
  Due after five years through ten years 
  Due after ten years 

Adjusted 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$  76,646 
   566,700 
--- 
  34,175 
$677,521 

$   

$   

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

$   

531 
 11,116 
--- 
--- 
$   11,647 

$    76,115 
    555,584 
--- 
  34,175 
$   665,874 

6. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE 

Accounts receivable consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Trade accounts receivable 
Other 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

  $  116,689 
216 
  116,905 

  $  111,548 
152 
  111,700 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts 

3,817 

3,810 

  $  113,088 

  $  107,890 

7. 

INVENTORIES 

The components of inventories are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Raw materials 
Work in process 
Finished goods 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

  $ 

4,852 
73,295 
25,581 
  $  103,728 

  $ 

9,169 
57,589 
27,756 
  $  94,514 

Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges are not subsequently reversed to 
income even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts are recoverable. 

8. 

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS 

Other current assets consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Assets held-for-sale 
Income tax receivable 
Accrued interest receivable 
Other current assets 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

  $ 

--- 
--- 
6,273 
1,730 

  $ 

60,414 
6,862 
1,341 
5,444 

  $ 

8,003 

  $ 

74,061 

The assets held-for-sale at March 31, 2004 of $60.4 million related primarily to Fab 3.  These assets were 
reclassified to held-for-future-use at March 31, 2005 and are included in property, plant and equipment.  See 
discussion of “Fab 3 Impairment Charge” in Footnote 4. 

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Land 
Building and building improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Projects in process 

Less accumulated depreciation 
and amortization 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

$ 

45,641 
356,233 
938,261 
84,846 
  1,424,981 

$ 

33,494 
293,230 
852,087 
145,070 
  1,323,881 

731,679 

634,675 

$  693,302 

$  689,206 

Property, plant and equipment at March 31, 2005 includes $12.1 million in land and $48.1 million in buildings and 
building improvements related to Fab 3.  These assets were included in other current assets at March 31, 2004 since 
they were classified as assets held-for-sale prior to the Company’s recent decision to retain them for future use (see 
Note 4). 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  attributed  to  property,  plant  and  equipment  was  $119.0  million,  $109.8 
million  and  $109.6  million  for  the  years  ending  March  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively.    In  addition  to 
depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  accelerated  depreciation  charges  of  $30.6  million  in  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2004, related to the Company’s Fab 1 shutdown, are included in cost of sales. 

10. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The table below summarizes the gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible 
assets (amounts in thousands): 

Gross 
Amount 

March 31, 2005 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 
Amount 

Developed technology 
Distribution rights 

$ 

$ 

14,566 
4,804 
19,370 

$ 

(8,793) 
(1,288) 
$  (10,081) 

$ 

$ 

5,773 
3,516 
9,289 

Gross 
Amount 

March 31, 2004 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 
Amount 

Developed technology 
Distribution rights 

$ 

$ 

13,566 
4,804 
18,370 

$ 

$ 

(7,846) 
(826) 
(8,672) 

$ 

$ 

5,720 
3,978 
9,698 

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company amortizes intangible assets over their expected useful lives, which range between 1 and 10 years.  The 
weighted  average  total  amortization  period  for  the  Company’s  intangible  assets  at  March  31,  2005  was  7  years, 
consisting of 6 years for developed technology and 10 years for distribution rights.  The following is an expected 
amortization schedule for the intangible assets for the fiscal years March 31, 2006 through March 31, 2010, absent 
any future acquisitions or impairment charges (amounts in thousands): 

Year Ending  
March 31, 

Projected  
Amortization Expense 

2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 

$  1,403 
1,545 
1,646 
1,645 
978 

The Company has not recorded any impairment losses associated with the intangible assets acquired. 

11. 

SHORT-TERM DEBT 

The  Company  had  short-term  debt  of  $45.5  million  as  of  March  31,  2005.    The  short-term  debt  is  a  result  of 
repurchase agreements that are in place with two of the Company’s investment brokerages.  The short-term debt is 
collateralized  with  $47.5  million  of  the  Company’s  short-term  investments.    The  short-term  debt  had  a  weighted 
average interest rate of 2.71% as of March 31, 2005.  The Company used these borrowings to fund the activity under 
its stock repurchase programs beginning in the second quarter of the year ended March 31, 2005. 

The Company has an unsecured line of credit with a financial institution in Asia for up to $5.0 million (U.S. dollar 
equivalent).    There  were  no  borrowings  against  this  line  of  credit  as  of  March  31,  2005,  but  an  allocation  of 
$0.4 million of the available line was made, relating to import guarantees associated with the Company’s business in 
Thailand.    There  are  no  covenants  associated  with  the  foreign  line  of  credit.    The  foreign  line  of  credit  is  due  to 
expire in July 2005. 

12. 

ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

Income taxes 
Other accrued expenses 

  $  101,406 
33,747 

  $  91,771 
32,280 

  $  135,153 

  $  124,051 

13. 

INCOME TAXES 

The provision for income taxes is as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Current expense: 
Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total current 

2005 

Year Ended March 31, 
2004 

2003 

$ 

34,320 
3,436 
8,858 

46,614 

F-18

$ 

37,580 
3,268 
11,974 

52,822 

$ 

32,602 
2,835 
10,321 

45,758 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred expense (benefit): 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred 
Less:  deferred tax benefit 
allocated to cumulative effect of 
accounting method 

5,908 
591 
10,370 

16,869 

(3,795) 
(330) 
(8,063) 

(12,188) 

(19,892) 
(1,730) 
(2,124) 

(23,746) 

--- 

--- 

6,645 

$ 

63,483 

$ 

40,634 

$ 

28,657 

The  tax  benefit  associated  with  the  exercise  of  employee  stock  options  reduced  taxes  currently  payable  by 
$15.3 million,  $37.6  million  and $18.0  million  for  the  years  ended  March  31, 2005, 2004  and  2003,  respectively.  
These amounts were credited to additional paid-in capital in each of the three fiscal years. 

The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from  the  amount  computed  by  applying  the  statutory  federal  tax  rate  to 
income  before  income  taxes.    The  sources  and  tax  effects  of  the  differences  in  the  total  income  tax  provision  for 
income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Computed expected provision 

$  97,044 

$  62,264 

$  44,916 

2005 

Year Ended March 31, 
2004 

2003 

State income taxes, net 
of federal benefits 

Foreign export sales benefit 

Research and development  
tax credits 

Foreign income taxed at 
lower than the federal rate 

2,738 

(1,111) 

1,424 

(96) 

554 

(2,278) 

(4,750) 

(4,000) 

(2,959) 

  (30,438) 

  (18,958) 

  (11,576) 

$  63,483 

$  40,634 

$  28,657 

Pretax income from foreign operations was $199.0 million, $136.3 million and $108.2 million for the years ended 
March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Unremitted foreign earnings that are considered to be permanently 
invested outside the United States, and on which no deferred taxes have been provided, amounted to approximately 
$766.0  million  at  March  31,  2005.    Should  the  Company  elect  in  the  future  to  repatriate  a  portion  of  the  foreign 
earnings  so  invested,  the  Company  would  incur  income  tax  expense  on  such  repatriation,  net  of  any  available 
deductions  and  foreign  tax  credits.    This  would  result  in  additional  income  tax  expense  beyond  the  computed 
expected provision in such periods.   

In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  Financial  Staff  Position  (FSP)  No.  FAS  109-2,  “Accounting  and  Disclosure 
Guidance  for  the  Foreign  Earnings  Repatriation  Provision  within  the  American  Jobs  Creation  Act  of  2004”  (FSP 
109-2).  On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) was signed into law.  The Act 
creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by including an 
85 percent deduction for certain foreign earnings that are repatriated, as defined in the Act, at an effective tax cost of 
5.25  percent.    FSP  109-2  is  effective  immediately  and  provides  accounting  and  disclosure  guidance  for  the 
repatriation  provision.    FSP  109-2  allows  companies  additional  time  to  evaluate  the  effects  of  the  law  on  its 
unremitted  earnings  for  the  purpose  of  applying  the  “indefinite  reversal  criteria”  under  APB  23,  “Accounting  for 
Income Taxes – Special Areas,” and requires explanatory disclosures from companies that have not yet completed 
the evaluation. 

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is in the process of evaluating whether it will repatriate any foreign earnings under the Act and, if so, 
the  amount  that  it  will  repatriate.    However,  the  Company  does  not  expect  to  be  able  to  complete  this  evaluation 
until  later  in  fiscal  2006.    Based  on  our  preliminary  analysis,  the  range  of  possible  amounts  that  the  Company  is 
considering for repatriation under this provision is between zero and $500 million.  The related potential range of 
income tax is between zero and approximately $28.7 million.  The Company expects to determine the amounts and 
sources of foreign earnings to be repatriated, if any, during fiscal year 2006. 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred 
tax liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

Deferred tax assets: 

Intercompany profit in inventory 
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
Inventory valuation 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Tax credit carryforward  
Fab 3 impairment 
Fab 1 closure and impairment charges 
Accrued expenses and other 
Gross deferred tax assets 

  $  11,616 
22,699 
8,020 
5,942 
47,337 
--- 
--- 
9,483 
  105,097 

  $  10,887 
34,500 
1,987 
12,531 
29,944 
15,977 
10,421 
9,799 
  126,046 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Property, plant and equipment, principally  

due to differences in depreciation 

Other 
Gross deferred tax liability 
Net deferred tax asset 

  (23,258) 
(1,298) 
  (24,556) 
  $  80,541 

  (28,958) 
(1,746) 
  (30,704) 
  $  95,342 

The Fab 3 asset changed classifications from an asset held-for-sale at March 31, 2004 to an asset held-for-future-use 
at March 31, 2005.  At March 31, 2005, any tax effects of temporary differences related to Fab 3 are included in the 
deferred tax liability related to depreciation on property, plant and equipment. 

Management  believes  that  the  results  of  future  operations  will  generate  sufficient  taxable  income  such  that  it  is 
“more likely than not” that deferred tax assets will be realized. 

On  June  5,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  PowerSmart  Inc.  in  a  taxable  stock 
acquisition.    As  a  result  of  the  PowerSmart  acquisition,  $6.7  million  of  net  deferred  tax  assets  were  acquired 
consisting of a deferred tax asset of $8.8 million relating primarily to net operating loss carryforwards and a deferred 
tax liability of $2.1 million relating to intangible assets acquired. 

At  March  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  a  net  operating  loss  carryforward  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of 
approximately $15.4 million, which begins to expire in varying amounts in the years 2018 through 2022.  The net 
operating loss carryforward is attributable to the acquisition of PowerSmart.  An analysis of the annual limitation on 
the  utilization  of  the  PowerSmart  net  operating  losses  was  performed  in  accordance  with  Internal  Revenue  Code 
Section 382.  It was determined that Section 382 will not limit the use of the PowerSmart net operating losses in full 
over the carryover period. 

At March 31, 2005, the Company had recorded credit carryforwards of approximately $19.7 million for foreign tax 
credits, $22.9 million for research and development credits, and $4.7 million for alternative minimum tax credits.   

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The foreign tax credits begin to expire in varying amounts in the years ending March 31, 2006 through March 31, 
2010, the research and development credits begin to expire in varying amounts in the years ending March 31, 2011 
through March 31, 2025 and the alternative minimum tax credits have no expiration date.  The Company believes 
that all of its credit carryforwards will be utilized in future periods. 

The  Company’s  Thailand  manufacturing  operations  currently  benefit  from  numerous  tax  holidays  granted  to  the 
Company  based  on  its  investment  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  in  Thailand.    Although  the  Company’s  tax 
holidays  in  Thailand  partially  expired  in  October  2003,  the  Company’s  manufacturing  operations  in  Thailand  are 
being conducted using primarily equipment that was invested pursuant to tax holidays that do not begin to expire 
until September 2006.  The aggregate dollar benefits derived from these tax holidays approximated $11.5 million, 
$45.3 million and $31.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  The benefit the 
tax holiday had on net income per share approximated $0.05, $0.21 and $0.15 for the years ended March 31, 2005, 
2004 and 2003, respectively.  The reduction in the benefits derived from the Company’s tax holiday in Thailand in 
the  year  ended  March  31,  2005  compared  to  the  year  ended  March  31,  2004  was  a  result  of  changes  in  the 
Company’s  overall  international  tax  structure.    These  changes  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
overall effective tax rate. 

The Company is currently under audit by the United States Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for its fiscal years ended 
March 31, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001.  The IRS has proposed certain adjustments related to positions reflected on 
these tax returns.  The IRS has issued formal assessments for these adjustments.  The Company does not agree with 
these  adjustments  and  intends  to  appeal  these  assessments.    The  Company  believes  that  it  maintains  adequate  tax 
reserves to offset the potential liabilities that may arise upon final resolution of the audit through either settlement or 
the appeals process with the IRS.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such 
reserves would result in tax benefits being recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If 
such amounts ultimately prove to be less than the ultimate assessment, a future charge to expense would result.  The 
Company has included in income taxes payable reserves for potential losses.  Should such losses occur, they would 
result in the reduction of deferred tax assets or payments of amounts accrued. 

14. 

CONTINGENCIES 

The Company’s assembly and test facility in Thailand is located in Alphatechnopolis Industrial Park near Bangkok 
on  land  to  which  the  Company  expects  to  acquire  title  in  accordance  with  its  agreement  with  the  landowner.  
Progress towards obtaining full title of the land has been delayed due to a complex financial restructuring situation 
relating to the seller of the land.  At this time it is not possible to estimate when, or if, full title will be completed.  
The Company has provided reserves that it estimates will be adequate to obtain full title.  Such reserves are set at the 
estimated fair value of the land. 

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as plaintiff 
and  defendant,  and  could  incur  uninsured  liability  in  any  one  or  more  of  them.   Although  the  outcome  of  these 
actions  is  not  presently  determinable,  the  Company  believes  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  these  matters  will  not 
harm  its  business.    Litigation  relating  to  the  semiconductor  industry  is  not  uncommon,  and  the  Company  is,  and 
from time to time has been, subject to such litigation.  In the Company’s opinion, based on consultation with legal 
counsel, as of March 31, 2005, the effect of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial position, cash flows or results of operations. 

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Stockholder Rights Plan.  Effective October 11, 1999, the Company adopted an Amended and Restated Preferred 
Shares  Rights  Agreement  (the  “Amended  Rights  Agreement”).    The  Amended  Rights  Agreement  amends  and 
restates the Preferred Share Rights Agreement adopted by the Company as of February 13, 1995 (the “Prior Rights 
Agreement”).    Under  the  Prior  Rights  Agreement,  on  February  13,  1995,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors 
declared a dividend of one right (a “Right”) to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of the Company’s Series A 
Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred”) for each outstanding share of common stock, $.001 par value, of 
the Company.  The dividend was payable on February 24, 1995 to stockholders of record as of the close of business 
on that date.  The Amended Rights Agreement supersedes the Prior Rights Agreement as originally executed.  Under 
the Amended Rights Agreement, each Right enables the holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of 
a  share of Series  A  Preferred  at  a  purchase price of  seventy  four dollars and  seven  cents  ($74.07)  (the  “Purchase 
Price”), subject to adjustment.  Under the Amended Rights Agreement, the rights will become exercisable upon the 
earlier of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or a group of affiliated or associated persons 
has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding 
common  shares,  or  (ii)  10  days  (or  such  later  date  as  may  be  determined  by  action  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange 
offer the consummation of which would result in a beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15% or more of the 
Company’s outstanding common shares. 

Stock  Repurchase  Activity.    On  August  7,  2002,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  Company  to 
repurchase up to 2,500,000 shares of its common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  
As  of  March  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  repurchased  the  entire  2,500,000  common  share  authorization  for 
$59.3 million.  On March 11, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 
2,500,000 shares of its common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 
2005, the Company had repurchased the entire 2,500,000 common share authorization for $66.1 million.  On April 
22,  2004,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  an  additional  2,500,000  shares  of  its 
common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2005, the Company had 
repurchased 884,900 shares under this authorization for $23.3 million.  As of March 31, 2005, all but 818,332 of the 
purchased shares under the authorizations had been reissued to fund stock option exercises and purchases under the 
Company’s  employee  stock  purchase  plan.    During  the  twelve  months  ended  March  31,  2003,  the  Company 
purchased  1,264,700  shares  of  its  common  stock  for  $27.1  million.    During  the  twelve  months  ended  March  31, 
2004, the Company purchased 2,435,400 shares of its common stock for $63.9 million, of which $10.6 million was 
not  paid  until  April  2004  and  is  reflected  in  the  March  31,  2004  accounts  payable  balance.    During  the  twelve 
months ended March 31, 2005, the Company purchased 2,184,800 shares of its common stock for $57.7 million. 

16. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company maintains a contributory profit-sharing plan for its domestic employees meeting certain eligibility and 
service requirements.  The plan qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, 
and  allows  employees  to  contribute  up  to  60%  of  their  base  salary,  subject  to  maximum  annual  limitations 
prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.  The Company shall make a matching contribution of up to 25% of the 
first 4% of the participant’s eligible compensation and may award up to an additional 25% under the discretionary 
match.  All matches are provided on a quarterly basis and require the participant to be an active employee at the end 
of each quarter.  For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company contributions to the plan 
totaled $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.   

The  Company’s  2001  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “2001  Purchase  Plan”)  became  effective  on  March  1, 
2002.  The Board of Directors approved the 2001 Purchase Plan in May 2001 and the stockholders approved it in 
August 2001.  Under the 2001 Purchase Plan, eligible employees of the Company may purchase shares of common 
stock at semi-annual intervals through periodic payroll deductions.  The purchase price in general will be 85% of the 
lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the participant’s entry date into the offering 
period or 85% of the fair market value on the semi-annual purchase date.  Depending upon a participant’s entry date 
into the 2001 Purchase Plan, purchase periods under the 2001 Purchase Plan consist of overlapping periods of either 
24, 18, 12 or 6 months in duration.  2,450,000 shares of common stock have been previously reserved for issuance 
under  the  2001  Purchase  Plan.    In  May  2003,  the  Board  of  Directors  reserved  an  additional  975,000  shares  of 
common stock for issuance under the 2001 Purchase Plan, which was approved by the stockholders in August 2003.  

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  May  2003  and  August  2003,  the  Company’s  Board  and  stockholders,  respectively,  each  approved  an  annual 
automatic  increase  in  the  number  of  shares  reserved  under  the  2001  Purchase  Plan.    The  automatic  increase  took 
effect on January 1, 2005, and on each January 1 thereafter during the term of the plan, and is equal to the lesser of 
(i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) one half of one percent (0.5%) of the then outstanding shares of the Company’s common 
stock,  or  (iii)  such  lesser  amount  as  is  approved  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors.    On  January  1,  2005, 
1,035,863 additional shares were reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan based on the automatic increase. 

During  fiscal  1995,  a  purchase  plan  was  adopted  for  employees  in  non-U.S.  locations.    Such  plan  allows  for  the 
purchase price per share to be 100% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the beginning or 
end of the semi-annual purchase plan period.  Since the inception of this purchase plan, 348,593 shares of common 
stock have been reserved for issuance and 232,254 shares have been issued under this purchase plan. 

Effective January 1, 1997, the Company adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement.  This plan is 
unfunded  and  is  maintained  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  providing  deferred  compensation  for  a  select  group  of 
highly compensated employees as defined in ERISA Sections 201, 301 and 401.  There are no Company matching 
contributions made under this plan. 

The  Company  has  a  management  incentive  compensation  plan  which  provides  for  bonus  payments,  based  on  a 
percentage of base salary, from an incentive pool created from operating profits of the Company, at the discretion of 
the Board of Directors.  During the years ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004, $10.2 million and $1.8 million 
was  charged  against  operations  for  this  plan,  respectively.    The  Company  did  not  make  any  payments  under  its 
management incentive compensation plan during fiscal 2003. 

The  Company  also  has  a  plan  that,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  provides  a  cash  bonus  to  all 
employees of the Company based on the operating profits of the Company.  During the years ended March 31, 2005, 
2004 and 2003, $4.9 million, $2.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively, were charged against operations for this 
plan. 

17. 

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS 

Under  the  Company’s  equity  incentive plans (the  “Plans”),  eligible  participants  may  be granted different  types  of 
equity incentive awards.  No awards other than stock options have been awarded under our equity incentive plans as 
of March 31, 2005.  Officers, key employees, non-employee directors and consultants may be granted non-statutory 
stock options to purchase shares of common stock at a price not less than 100% of the fair value of the option shares 
on the grant date.  Options granted under the Plans vest over the period determined by the Board of Directors at the 
date of grant, at periods ranging from one year to four years.  The maximum term of options granted under the Plans 
is 10 years.  The Company did not make any stock option grants to consultants during the years ended March 31, 
2005, 2004 and 2003.  At March 31, 2005, there were 15,122,075 shares available for grant under the Plans.  The 
per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted under the Plans for the years ended March 31, 2005, 
2004  and  2003  was  $15.82,  $12.06  and  $15.00,  respectively,  based  on  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes 
option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected life (years) 
Risk-free interest rate 
Volatility 
Dividend yield 

Year Ended March 31, 
2004 

5.19 
2.90% 
70% 
0.48% 

2003 

5.00 
2.80% 
71% 
0.48% 

2005 

5.30 
3.78% 
67% 
0.97% 

F-23

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under  the  Plans,  105,281,645  shares  of  common  stock  had  been  reserved  for  issuance  since  the  inception  of  the 
Plans. 

The stock option activity is as follows: 

Outstanding at March 31, 2002 

24,666,811 

$ 

12.12 

Options Outstanding 

Shares 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price 

Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 

Outstanding at March 31, 2003 

Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 

Outstanding at March 31, 2004 

Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 

5,126,899 
(3,564,895) 
(993,899) 

25,234,916 

4,186,351 
(5,114,292) 
(947,047) 

23,359,928 

2,693,824 
(2,881,830) 
(801,236) 

25.76 
6.47 
18.11 

15.45 

20.68 
8.79 
21.53 

17.60 

27.35 
12.78 
23.34 

Outstanding at March 31, 2005 

22,370,686 

$ 

19.19 

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at March 31, 2005: 

Range 
Exercise Price 
$  0.009 -- $  6.370 
$  6.525 -- $  10.037 
$  10.407 -- $  15.917 
$  16.167 -- $  17.846 
$  18.480 -- $  18.480 
$  18.649 -- $  23.389 
$  23.700 -- $  26.250 
$  26.600 -- $  27.050 
$  27.153 -- $  27.153 
$  27.170 -- $  35.080 
$  0.009 -- $  35.080 

Number 
Outstanding 
  2,475,899 
  2,941,161 
  2,858,854 
192,097 
  2,420,121 
  3,130,839 
  2,317,374 
  1,814,983 
  2,618,266 
  1,601,092 
  22,370,686 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Life 
2.33 
3.22 
5.81 
5.45 
8.02 
5.57 
7.74 
8.88 
7.01 
7.42 
5.99 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
$  5.74 
$  9.30 
$ 15.62 
$ 17.24 
$ 18.48 
$ 22.31 
$ 25.04 
$ 27.04 
$ 27.15 
$ 29.29 
$ 19.19 

Number 
Exercisable 
  2,475,114 
  2,941,161 
  1,263,084 
190,676 
855,142 
  2,885,073 
  1,588,151 
62,295 
  2,607,672 
  1,145,702 
 16,014,070 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price
$  5.74 
$  9.30 
$  15.24 
$  17.25 
$  18.48 
$  22.33 
$  24.86 
$  26.79 
$  27.15 
$  29.15 
$  18.09 

At March 31, 2005 and 2004, the number of option shares exercisable was 16,014,070 and 11,583,715, respectively, 
and the weighted-average exercise price of those options was $18.09 and $13.26, respectively. 

The Company received a tax benefit of $15.3 million, $37.6 million and $18.0 million for the years ended March 31, 
2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively,  from  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options  and  the  disposition  of  stock 
acquired  with  incentive  stock  options  or  through  the  Company’s  employee  stock  purchase  plan.    For  financial 
reporting purposes,  the  tax  effect of  this deduction  is  accounted  for  as a  credit  to  additional  paid-in capital  rather 
than as a reduction of income tax expense. 

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. 

LEASE COMMITMENTS 

The  Company  leases  office  space,  transportation  and  other  equipment  under  operating  leases,  which  expire  at 
various dates through March 31, 2010.  The future minimum lease commitments under these leases are payable as 
follows (amounts in thousands): 

Year Ending 
March 31, 

2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
Total minimum payments 

Operating 
Leases 

$  4,183 
3,081 
1,522 
522 
195 
$  9,503 

Rental expense under operating leases totaled $5.9 million, $5.4 million and $5.7 million for the years ended  
March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 

19. 

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

The  Company  operates  in  one  operating  segment  and  engages  primarily  in  the  design,  development,  manufacture 
and marketing of semiconductor products.  The Company sells its products to distributors and original equipment 
manufacturers (OEMs) in a broad range of market segments, performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers 
and  generally  requires  no  collateral.    The  Company’s  operations  outside  the  United  States  consist  of  product 
assembly  and  final  test  facilities  in  Thailand,  and  sales  and  support  centers  and  design  centers  in  certain  foreign 
countries.  Domestic operations are responsible for the design, development and wafer fabrication of all products, as 
well  as  the  coordination  of  production  planning  and  shipping  to  meet  worldwide  customer  commitments.    The 
Thailand  assembly  and  test  facility  is  reimbursed  in  relation  to  value  added  with  respect  to  assembly  and  test 
operations  and  other  functions  performed,  and  certain  foreign  sales  offices  receive  compensation  for  export  sales 
within  their  territory.    Accordingly,  for  financial  statement  purposes,  it  is  not  meaningful  to  segregate  sales  or 
operating  profits  for  the  assembly  and  test  and  foreign  sales  office  operations.    Identifiable  long-lived  assets 
(consisting  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  goodwill)  by  geographic  area  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 
thousands): 

United States 
Thailand 
Various 

March 31, 

2005 

2004 

$    622,287 
  100,622 
2,279 

$    608,343 
  111,730 
1,479 

Total long-lived assets 

$   

 725,188 

$    721,552 

Sales  to  unaffiliated  customers  located  outside  the  United  States,  primarily  in  Asia  and  Europe,  aggregated 
approximately 73%, 71% and 71% of consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, 
respectively.  Sales to customers in Europe represented 27%, 28% and 27% of consolidated net sales for the years 
ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Sales to customers in Asia represented 43%, 41% and 39% of 
consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Sales into China, including 
Hong Kong, represented 16%, 14% and 13% of consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 
2003, respectively.  Sales into Taiwan represented 10% of consolidated net sales for the year ended March 31, 2005.  
Sales into any other individual foreign country did not exceed 10% of the Company’s net sales for any of the years 
presented. 

The  Company  had  two  distributors  who  represented  more  than  10%  of  its  net  sales  during  fiscal  2005  and  fiscal 
2004.  The Company’s largest distributor accounted for approximately  13% of its net sales and its second largest 
distributor  accounted  for  approximately  12%  of  net  sales  in  fiscal  2005.    The  Company’s  largest  distributor 

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accounted for approximately 13% of its net sales and its second largest distributor accounted for approximately 12% 
of  its  net  sales  in  fiscal  2004.    In  fiscal  2003,  the  Company  had one  distributor  that  accounted for  approximately 
12% of its net sales.   

20. 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because their maturity is less than three months.  
The carrying amount of short-term investments approximates fair value because the longer-term instruments have 
interest rate reset features that regularly adjust to current market rates.  The carrying amount of accounts receivable, 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of the amounts.  The 
fair value of capital lease obligations, long-term debt and lines of credit approximate their carrying value as they are 
estimated  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  at  rates  currently  offered  to  the  Company  for  similar  debt 
instruments. 

The Company has entered into certain financial instruments in the normal course of business to reduce its exposure 
to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.  These financial instruments include standby letters of credit and foreign 
currency  forward  contracts.    When  engaging  in  forward  contracts,  risks  arise  from  the  possible  inability  of 
counterparties  to  meet  the  terms  of  their  contracts  and  from  movements  in  securities  values,  interest  rates  and 
foreign  exchange  rates.    At  March  31,  2005,  there  were  no  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  outstanding.    At 
March 31, 2004, the Company held contracts with nominal amounts totaling $3.2 million, which were entered into 
and hedged the Company’s foreign currency risk.  The value of the contracts is based on quoted market prices.  The 
contracts matured in June 2004.  Unrealized gains and losses as of the balance sheet dates and realized gains and 
losses for the years ending March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were not material. 

21. 

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands except per 
share amounts): 

2005 

Year Ended March 31, 
2004 

2003 

Net income 

  $  213,785 

  $  137,262 

  $ 

88,232 

Weighted average common shares 
  outstanding 

  206,740 

  206,032 

  202,483 

Dilutive effect of stock options 

5,222 

6,140 

8,163 

Weighted average common and common 
  equivalent shares outstanding 

  211,962 

  212,172 

  210,646 

Basic net income per common share 

Diluted net income per common share 

  $ 

  $ 

1.03 

1.01 

$ 

$ 

0.67 

0.65 

$ 

$ 

0.44 

0.42 

Weighted average common shares exclude the effect of antidilutive options.  As of March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, 
the number of options that were antidilutive were 1,310,018, 4,532,872 and 4,282,029, respectively. 

22. 

QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

The following table presents the Company’s selected unaudited quarterly operating results for eight quarters ended 
March 31, 2005.  The Company believes that all necessary adjustments have been made to present fairly the related 
quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2005 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Total 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share 

$ 212,775 
  121,459 
  49,854 
  43,799 
    0.21 

$ 220,694 
  126,377 
  75,051 
  60,443 
    0.29 

$ 205,384 
  116,788 
  65,622 
  53,140 
    0.25 

$ 208,083 
  119,351 
  68,120 
  56,403 
    0.27 

$ 846,936 
  483,975 
  258,647 
  213,785 
      1.01 

Fiscal 2004 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Total 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share 

$ 161,283 
  55,521 
  10,512 
  13,470 
    0.06 

$ 168,486 
  91,194 
  47,594 
  36,104 
     0.17 

$ 177,967 
  97,019 
  53,852 
  40,843 
    0.19 

$ 191,524 
  106,225 
  59,336 
  46,845 
   0.22 

$ 699,260 
  349,959 
  171,294 
  137,262 
     0.65 

Refer  to  Note  4,  Special  Charges,  for  an  explanation  of  the  unusual  and  infrequent  items  that  occurred  in  the 
applicable fiscal quarters that materially impacted the Company’s operating results. 

23. 

SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Cash  paid  for  income  taxes  amounted  to  $15.6  million,  $4.6  million  and  $5.2  million  during  the  years  ended 
March 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively.    Cash  paid  for  interest  amounted  to  $0.8  million,  $0.2  million  and 
$0.5 million during the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Included in the special charge for  
the year ended March 31, 2003 was a non-cash amount of $41.5 million, which pertained to the write-down of the 
Fab 3 fixed assets.   

Treasury  stock  purchases  for  which  settlement  has  not  occurred  are  included  as  treasury  stock  repurchased  in 
shareholders’ equity and accounts payable and amounted to $10.6 million and $0.5 million as of March 31, 2004 and 
2003, respectively. 

A summary of additions and deductions related to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended March 31, 
2005, 2004 and 2003 follows (amounts in thousands): 

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

2005 
2004 
2003 

Balance at 
beginning 
of year 

Charged to 
costs and 
expenses 

Deductions (1) 

Balance at 
end of year 

  $  3,810 
  3,768 
  3,937 

  $ 

7 
250 
60 

  $ 

0 
(208) 
(229) 

  $  3,817 
3,810 
3,768 

(1) Deductions represent uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. 

DIVIDENDS 

On October 28, 2002, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved and instituted a quarterly 
cash dividend on its common stock.  The initial quarterly dividend of $0.02 per share was paid on December 6, 2003 
in the amount of $4.1 million.  The Company has continued to pay quarterly dividends and has increased the amount 
of such dividends on a regular basis.  During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Company paid dividends totaling 
$0.208  per  share  for  a  total  dividend  payment  of  $43.0  million.    During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2004,  the 
Company paid dividends totaling $0.113 per share for a total dividend payment of $23.3 million. 

F-28

 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 

LIST OF SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 21.1 

Microchip Technology (Thailand) Co., Ltd. 
14 Moo 1, T. Wangtakien 
A. Muang Chacherngsao 
Chacherngsao  24000 
Thailand 

Microchip Technology (Barbados) Incorporated 
Hastings Business Services Limited 
Hastings, Christ Church 
Barbados 

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 33-59686, 33-80072, 33-81690, 
33-83196, 333-872, 333-40791, 333-67215, 333-93571, 333-51322, 333-53876, 333-73506, 333-96791, 333-99655, 333-
101696, 333-103764, 333-109486 and 333-119939) of Microchip Technology Incorporated of our reports dated May 17, 
2005 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Microchip Technology Incorporated , Microchip Technology 
Incorporated management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness 
of internal control over financial reporting of Microchip Technology Incorporated, included  in this Annual Report (Form 10-
K) for the year ended March 31, 2005. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Phoenix, Arizona 
May 20, 2005 

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Steve Sanghi, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed, this Form 10-K of Microchip Technology Incorporated; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and l5d-l5(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

(c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  May 23, 2005 

/s/ Steve Sanghi 
Steve Sanghi 
President and CEO 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Gordon Parnell, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed, this Form 10-K of Microchip Technology Incorporated; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and l5d-l5(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

(c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  May 23, 2005 

/s/ Gordon W. Parnell 
Gordon W. Parnell 
Vice President and CFO 

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Steve Sanghi, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Microchip Technology Incorporated on Form 10-K for the period 
ended March 31, 2005 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the 
financial condition and results of operations of Microchip Technology Incorporated. 

By: /s/ Steve Sanghi  
Name: Steve Sanghi 
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer 
Date:  May 23, 2005 

I, Gordon W. Parnell, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Microchip Technology Incorporated on Form 10-K for the 
period ended March 31, 2005 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, 
the financial condition and results of operations of Microchip Technology Incorporated. 

By: /s/ Gordon W. Parnell 
Name: Gordon W. Parnell 
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
Date:  May 23, 2005 

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
E
I
R
A
I
D
I
S
B
U
S
D
N
A
D
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
N
I
Y
G
O
L
O
N
H
C
E
T
P
I
H
C
O
R
C
I
M

S
T
L
U
S
E
R
D
E
T
R
O
P
E
R
O
T
E
M
O
C
N
I
T
E
N
P
A
A
G
N
O
N
F
O
N
O
I
T
A
I
L
I
C
N
O
C
E
R

-

)
s
t
n
u
o
m
a

e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

t
p
e
c
x
e

s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t

n
i
(

,
1
3

h
c
r
a

M
d
e
d
n
E
r
a
e
Y

8
9
9
1

9
9
9
1

0
0
0
2

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

5
1
0
,
2
7

$

8
5
8
,
0
7

$

6
8
5
,
3
1
1

$

3
7
4
,
5
5
1

$

4
1
8
,
4
9

$

5
7
8
3
3
1

,

$

4
3
8

,

6
5
1

$

1
6
7
6
2
2

,

$

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
0
0
,
5

4
6
2
,
8

)
3
1
9
,
3
(

1
5
3
,
9

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

5
0
1
,
5

2
3
6
,
7

-
-
-

8
5
7
,
1
2

)
8
7
1
,
0
1
(

7
1
3
,
4
2

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

9
6
2

-
-
-

)
0
0
6
,
3
(

0
0
2
,
1

-
-
-

-
-
-

4
4
5

)
7
8
5
,
1
(

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

9
0
4
,
6

9
4
9
,
0
1

)
1
2
7
,
4
(

7
3
6
,
2
1

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
0
3

,

9

0
0
5
1
4

,

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

5
6
8

5
5
7
1
3

,

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
0
1
1
2

,

)
0
0
6
6
1
(

,

0
0
2

,

4
3

)
8
4
0

,

3
1
(

2
7
5

,

9
1

)
4
2
1
8
(

,

6
7
9

,

2
1

4
6
6
,
2
6

1
4
5
,
6
4

3
7
1
,
5
1
1

6
3
8
,
2
4
1

4
1
8
,

4
9

5
7
6
9
9

,

2
6
2

,

7
3
1

5
8
7
3
1
2

,

e
g
r
a
h
c

)
t
i
d
e
r
c
(

t
n
e
m
e
l
t
t
e
s
y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p

l
a
u
t
c
e
l
l
e
t
n
I

)
h
(

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
i
y
r
d
n
u
o
f

n
o

s
s
o
L
)
k
(

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a

q
o
l
e
e
K

)
j
(

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

l
a
g
e
L
)
i
(

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

l
a
i
c
e
p
s

o
t
g
n
i
t
a
l
e
r

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

)
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
(

x
a
T
)
l
(

1
b
a
f

f
o
e
r
u
s
o
l
c

-

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

)
c
(

e
g
r
a
h
c
D
&
R
s
s
e
c
o
r
p
n
i

t
r
a
m
S
r
e
w
o
P
)
e
(

e
g
r
a
h
c

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

3
b
a
F
)
d
(

1
b
a
f

f
o

e
r
u
s
o
l
c

-

s
e
l
a
s

f
o
t
s
o
C

)
b
(

t
n
e
m
e
l
t
t
e
s

e
s
n
e
c
i
l

t
n
e
t
a
P
)
a
(

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

r
e
g
r
e
m
m
o
C
l
e
T
)
g
(

e
g
r
a
h
c

g
n
i
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
s
e
R

)
f
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n
P
A
A
G
-
n
o
N

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

l
a
i
c
e
p
S

n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o
t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
c

e
r
o
f
e
b

e
m
o
c
n
I

e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

3
4
4
1
1

,

-
-
-

-
-
-

e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

4
6
6
,
2
6

$

1
4
5
,
6
4

$

3
7
1
,
5
1
1

$

6
3
8
,
2
4
1

$

4
1
8
,
4
9

$

2
3
2

,

8
8

$

2
6
2

,

7
3
1

$

5
8
7
3
1
2

,

$

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

5
3
.
0

)
4
0
.
0
(

-
-
-

1
3
.
0

$

$

7
3
.
0

)
3
1
.
0
(

-
-
-

4
2
.
0

$

$

8
5
.
0

1
0
.
0

-
-
-

9
5
.
0

$

$

6
7
.
0

)
6
0
.
0
(

-
-
-

0
7
.
0

$

$

5
4
.
0

-
-
-

-
-
-

5
4
.
0

$

$

4
6

.

0

)
7
1

.

0
(

)
5
0

.

0
(

2
4
0

.

$

$

4
7
0

.

)
9
0
0
(

.

-
-
-

5
6

.

0

$

$

7
0

.

1

)
6
0

.

0
(

-
-
-

1
0
1

.

$

$

5
2
9
,
2
0
2

3
2
3
,
3
9
1

9
0
5
,
5
9
1

0
9
1
,
5
0
2

7
0
9
,

8
0
2

6
4
6

,

0
1
2

2
7
1
2
1
2

,

2
6
9

,

1
1
2

e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

r
e
p
e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n

d
e
t
u
l
i

D

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n
P
A
A
G
-
n
o
N

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

l
a
i
c
e
p
S

t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e

n
o
m
m
o
c
d
n
a

n
o
m
m
o
c

e
g
a
r
e
v
a

d
e
t
h
g
i
e

W

g
n
i
d
n
a
t
s
t
u
o

s
e
r
a
h
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors and Officers 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Officers 

Steve Sanghi 
Chairman of the Board, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Microchip Technology Inc. 

Matthew W. Chapman 
President and CEO 
Centrisoft Corporation 

L.B. Day 
President 
L.B. Day & Co., Inc. 

Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 
Chief Executive Officer 
Hugo-Martinez & Associates 

Wade F. Meyercord 
President 
Meyercord & Associates, Inc. 

Appointed Officers 

J. Eric Bjornholt 
Secretary 

Richard A. Bosshardt 
Vice President, Worldwide Distribution Sales 

Paul R. Breault 
Vice President, Americas Sales 

Randall L. Drwinga 
Vice President, ROM Microcontroller and 
Memory Division 

Michael A. Finley 
Vice President, Fab 2 Operations 

Bryan J. Liddiard 
Vice President, Analog and Interface 
Marketing 

Robert J. Lloyd 
Vice President, Site Services and 
Facilities Management 

Steve Sanghi 
President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board 

Stephen V. Drehobl 
Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and 
Technology Development Division 

David S. Lambert 
Vice President, Fab Operations 

Mitchell R. Little 
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and 
Applications 

Ganesh Moorthy 
Vice President, Advanced Microcontroller and 
Memory Division 

Gordon W. Parnell 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

Richard J. Simoncic 
Vice President, Analog and Interface Products 
Division 

Sumit K. Mitra  
Vice President, Digital Signal Controller Division 

John F. Oatley 
Vice President, Pacific Rim Manufacturing 
Operations 

Mitchel Obolsky 
Vice President, Advanced Microcontroller  
Architecture Division  

Robert H. Owen 
Vice President, Information Services 

Lawrence G. Ross 
Vice President, Asia Pacific Sales 

Dan L. Termer 
Vice President, Vertical Markets Group 

William Yang 
Vice President, Pacific Rim Finance 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION    

Independent Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona

Legal Counsel
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
Palo Alto, California
Austin, Texas

Transfer Agent & Registrar
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A.
Shareowner Services
161 North Concord Exchange
P.O. Box 64854
St. Paul, Minnesota 55075-1139
800-468-9716

Form 10-K
A copy of the Company’s Form 10-K as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission is available upon request to:

Investor Relations
Microchip Technology Incorporated
2355 West Chandler Boulevard
Chandler, Arizona  85224-6199
480-792-7761

Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of the stockholders of Microchip Technology 
Incorporated will be held at the Company’s Chandler facility, 
2355 West Chandler Boulevard, Chandler, Arizona, on Monday, 
August 15, 2005 at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Standard Time.

Common Stock
Microchip Technology’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq 
National Market under the symbol “MCHP.” The following table 
sets forth the quarterly high and low closing prices as reported by 
the Nasdaq National Market for our last two fiscal years.

LOW
$26.80

$25.26

$26.03

$24.28

LOW
$18.15

$23.66

$24.56

$25.29

  FISCAL 2005

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

  FISCAL 2004

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

HIGH
$32.63

$30.61

$30.63

$28.49

HIGH
$24.86

$28.19

$36.03

$34.67

Corporate Facilities
Microchip Technology Incorporated
2355 West Chandler Boulevard
Chandler, Arizona  85224-6199

Microchip Technology Incorporated
1200 South 52nd Street
Tempe, Arizona  85281

Microchip Technology Incorporated
21015 SE Stark Street
Gresham, Oregon  97030

Internet Address
Additional Company information, along with the most recent 
financial and product information and press releases, can be 
accessed at:  www.microchip.com. 

Microchip Technology (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
14 Moo 1 T. Wangtakien
A. Muangchachoengsao
Chacherngsao, 24000, Thailand

The  statements  contained  in  this  annual  report  relating  to  our  positioning  to  take  advantage  of  future  market  demands  and  the  low  risk  of  such  action,  continuing  to  push 
operating  margins  higher,  our  ample  manufacturing  capacity  to  address  additional  customer  demand,  planning  to  maintain  low  capital  expenditures  in  fiscal  2006,  actions 
positioning us for continued long-term growth, continuing to seek out and win new 8-bit microcontroller opportunities, strong interest from current and new customers in our 
8-bit microcontrollers, seeding the market for additional design wins, the continued strong interest in our products, our ability to continue to gain market share and outpace the 
semiconductor industry, penetrating additional digital and analog opportunities, 8-bit market continuing to grow and anticipated growth rate of such market, continuing to grow 
market share, our ability to grow our 8-bit microcontroller market share, our ability to take advantage of the growing market demand for Flash microcontrollers, our initiatives 
to develop and expand our microcontroller offering, our belief there is an addressable DSC market of approximately $2 billion annually, that we have the right products to grow 
in op amps and comparators, our future innovations in secure data products, future innovations in power management products, our growth potential in the large A/D market, 
our ability to seamlessly integrate analog technology onto the microcontroller, our estimates of the thermal sensor market and silicon-based temperature sensor market, strong 
growth potential for interface devices, expansion of our serial EEPROM product line, the number of tool sales being a leading indicator of continued customer acceptance and 
our plans to develop and innovate our development tools are forward looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 
Act of 1995. Actual results may differ materially because of the following factors, among others: changes in demand or market acceptance of our products and the products of 
our customers; our ability to ramp products into volume production; the level of orders that are received and can be shipped in a quarter; levels of inventories at our distributors 
and other customers; the mix of inventory we hold and our ability to satisfy short-term orders from our inventory; changes in customer order pattern and seasonality; the level at 
which design wins become actual orders and sales; pricing pressures; changes in utilization of our manufacturing capacity; our ability to continue to secure sufficient assembly 
and testing capacity; disruptions in international transport or delivery occasioned by terrorist activity, armed conflict, war or an unexpected increase in the price of, or decrease 
in supply of, oil; impact of events outside the United States, such as the business impact of fluctuating currency rates or unrest or political instability; general industry, economic 
and political conditions; the impact on our business and on customer order patterns due to major health concerns; financial stability in foreign markets; our ability to maintain 
operating margins; our timely introduction of new technologies; competitive factors, such as competing architectures and manufacturing technologies; the costs and outcome of 
any tax audit or any litigation involving intellectual property, customers or other issues; our ability to continue to ramp products into volume production at Fab 4 and production 
execution at Fab 4; and the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the Gresham, Oregon, area.

For a detailed discussion of these and other risk factors, please refer to Microchip’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Forms 10-K and 10-Q. Our fiscal 
2005 Form 10-K is contained in this document. Additionally, you can obtain copies of our Forms 10-K and 10-Q and any other relevant documents for free at the SEC’s web site 
(www.sec.gov) or from commercial document retrieval services.

©2005 Microchip Technology Incorporated. All rights reserved. The Microchip name and logo, PIC, dsPIC, KEELOQ, PowerSmart, Accuron and MPLAB are registered trademarks of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and in other countries. I²C is a trademark of Philips Corporation. IrDA is a registered trademark of Infrared Data Association. All other 
trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies.

Printed in U.S.A. - 6/05

Sun roof control

Cordless tools

Active suspension

Speedometer

Tire-pressure monitoring

Security system

Postage meter

Disk drive

Bar code reader

Disk drive

Stereo receiver

Internet appliances

Robotics

Tape back-up unit

Tape back-up unit

Pay phone

Turn signals

CD player

Fax machines

Climate control

Gas pump

Auto security systems

Anti-lock braking

Cordless tools

Answering machine

Video games

Gas pump

Camera

Smoke detector

Keyless entry

Cruise control

Computer keyboard

Fuel pump control

Garage door opener

Vacuum cleaner

Turn signals

Computer mouse

X/Y plotter

Handheld scanner

Laptop trackball

Disk drive

Electric blanket

Postage meter

Air bag sensor

PC LAN system

Video games

Anti-lock braking

Security system

Cable TV converter

Fuel pump control

Internet appliances

Security system

Tape back-up unit

Computer keyboard

Feature phone

Modem

Power seats

Credit card verification

Thermostat

Gas pump

Handheld scanner

Garage door opener

Tire-pressure monitoring

Credit card verification

Radar detector

Cable TV converter

Motor control

Laser printer interface board

Climate control

Internet appliances

Internet appliances

Robotics

Internet appliances

Compressor

Feature phone

Gas pump

Turn signals

Fax machines

Internet appliances

Speedometer

Remote controls

Answering machine

PC LAN system

TV/VCR equipment

Thermostat

Camera

Turn signals

Electric blanket

Fuel pump control

Postage meter

Cruise control

Stereo receiver

Smoke detector

Radar detector

Video games

Thermostat

Kitchen appliances

Cruise control

Active suspension

Washer/dryer

Cruise control

Sun roof control

Security system

Air bag sensor

Anti-lock braking

Turn signals

Keyless entry

Garage door opener

Credit card verification

Robotics

Power seats

X/Y plotter

Computer keyboard

Anti-lock braking

Computer keyboard

Anti-lock braking

Camera

Stereo receiver

Handheld scanner

Handheld scanner

Cordless tools

Cruise control

Fuel pump control

Bar code reader

Microwave oven

Disk drive

Modem

Garage door opener

Computer keyboard

Laser printer interface board

Smoke detector

Fax machines

Compressor

Cordless tools

Fax machines

Stereo receiver

Keyless entry

Speedometer

Bar code reader

Answering machine

Answering machine

Feature phone

Fuel pump control

Credit card verification

CD player

Postage meter

Power seats

Pay phone

Thermostat

Turn signals

Fuel pump control

Radar detector

Sun roof control

Robotics

Cordless phone 

Active suspension

Camera

Bar code reader

Answering machine

PC LAN system

Vacuum cleaner

Radar detector

Climate control

X/Y plotter

Pay phone

Thermostat

Security system

Internet appliances

Postage meter

Security system

Remote controls

Air bag sensor

Cruise control

Security system

Cordless tools

Auto security systems

Smoke detector

Motor control

Stereo receiver

Bar code reader

Tire-pressure monitoring

Garage door opener

Computer keyboard

Video games

Climate control

Fax machines

Modem

Disk drive

Fax machines

Power seats

Speedometer

Feature phone

Keyless entry

Bar code reader

Tape back-up unit

CD player

Gas pump

Microwave oven

Speedometer

Microwave oven

Credit card verification

Cordless tools

Climate control

Cable TV converter

Feature phone

Handheld scanner

Security system

Smoke detector

Radar detector

Turn signals

Fuel pump control

Power seats

Turn signals

Cable TV converter

Process control

Washer/dryer

PC LAN system

Air bag sensor

Compressor

Electric blanket

Cordless phone

Washer/dryer

Sun roof control

X/Y plotter

Tape back-up unit

Vacuum cleaner

Anti-lock braking

PC LAN system

Kitchen appliances

Internet appliances

Smoke detector 

Smoke detectors

Stereo receiver

Modem

Gas pump

Cruise control

Microwave oven

Bar code reader

Air bag sensor

CD player

Fuel pump control

Copier

Active suspension

Electric blanket

Laptop trackball

Postage meter

Climate control

Power seats

Fuel pump control

Thermostat

Pager

Modem

Security system

Thermostat

Handheld scanner

Internet appliances

Cable TV converter

Computer keyboard

Credit card verification

Credit card verification

Video games

Microwave oven

TV/VCR equipment

Sun roof control

Radar detector

Robotics

Internet appliances

Thermostat

Cordless tools

Auto security systems

Disk drive

Feature phone

Process control

Garage door opener

Postage meter

Process control

Tape back-up unit

Security system

Washer/dryer

Fuel pump control

Air bag sensor

Computer keyboard

Gas pump

CD player

Answering machine

Cruise control

Tape back-up unit

Video games

Smoke detector

Keyless entry

Garage door opener

Active suspension

Fuel pump control

Speedometer

Disk drive

CD player

Gas pump

Vacuum cleaner

Thermostat

Handheld scanner

Electric blanket

Vacuum cleaner

Fuel pump control

Fuel pump control

Stereo receiver

Smoke detectors

www.microchip.com
A Leading Provider of Microcontroller and Analog Semiconductors 

X/Y plotter

Robotics

Garage door opener

Handheld scanner

Fax machines

Smoke detector

Air bag sensor

Keyless entry

Sun roof control

Tire-pressure monitoring

Electric blanket

TV/VCR equipment

Vacuum cleaner

Power seats

TV/VCR equipment

Disk drive

Internet appliances

Fuel pump control

Kitchen appliances

Compressor

Tire-pressure monitoring

Garage door opener

Tape back-up unit

Postage meter

Power seats

Cordless tools

TV/VCR equipment

Internet appliances

Answering machine

Gas pump

Cordless tools

Tire-pressure monitoring

Feature phone